20 files changed, 14153 insertions, 12971 deletions
diff --git a/freertos/src/croutine.c b/freertos/src/croutine.c
index 993e09b..1ff4dc0 100644
--- a/freertos/src/croutine.c
+++ b/freertos/src/croutine.c
@@ -1,395 +1,353 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "croutine.h"
-
-/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
-#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
-
-/*
- * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
- * than file scope.
- */
-#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
-	#define static
-#endif
-
-
-/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
-static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ];	/*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
-static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1;									/*< Delayed co-routines. */
-static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2;									/*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList;									/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
-static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;							/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList;								/*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event.  They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
-
-/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
-CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
-static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
-static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
-
-/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
-#define corINITIAL_STATE	( 0 )
-
-/*
- * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
- * for the priority.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
- *
- * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
- * used from within an ISR.
- */
-#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB )																		\
-{																													\
-	if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority )															\
-	{																												\
-		uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority;															\
-	}																												\
-	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );	\
-}
-
-/*
- * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
- * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
-
-/*
- * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
- * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion).  Instead they are placed in
- * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
- * list by the co-routine scheduler.
- */
-static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
-
-/*
- * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
- * see if any require waking.
- *
- * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
- * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
- * we need not look any further down the list.
- */
-static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
-
-	/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
-	pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
-	if( pxCoRoutine )
-	{
-		/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
-		be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
-		if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
-		{
-			pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
-			prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
-		}
-
-		/* Check the priority is within limits. */
-		if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
-		{
-			uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
-		}
-
-		/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
-		pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
-		pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
-		pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
-		pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
-
-		/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
-		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
-
-		/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
-		This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
-		in a list. */
-		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
-		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
-
-		/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
-		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
-
-		/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
-		list at the correct priority. */
-		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
-
-		xReturn = pdPASS;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
-{
-TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-
-	/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
-	not a problem. */
-	xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
-
-	/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
-	ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
-	both lists. */
-	( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-
-	/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-	if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
-	{
-		/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the
-		overflow list. */
-		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
-		current block list. */
-		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-	}
-
-	if( pxEventList )
-	{
-		/* Also add the co-routine to an event list.  If this is done then the
-		function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
-		vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
-{
-	/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list?  These
-	are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR.  The ISR cannot access
-	the	ready lists itself. */
-	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
-	{
-		CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
-
-		/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
-			( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
-		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
-{
-CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
-
-	xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
-	while( xPassedTicks )
-	{
-		xCoRoutineTickCount++;
-		xPassedTicks--;
-
-		/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
-		if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
-		{
-			List_t * pxTemp;
-
-			/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.  If there are
-			any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
-			pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
-			pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
-			pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
-		}
-
-		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
-		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
-
-			if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
-			{
-				/* Timeout not yet expired. */
-				break;
-			}
-
-			portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-			{
-				/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
-				section.  If this is the case then the generic list item will
-				have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
-				line is still valid.  Also the pvContainer parameter will have
-				been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
-
-				/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
-				if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
-				{
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-				}
-			}
-			portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-			prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
-		}
-	}
-
-	xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
-{
-	/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
-	prvCheckPendingReadyList();
-
-	/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
-	prvCheckDelayedList();
-
-	/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
-	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
-	{
-		if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
-		{
-			/* No more co-routines to check. */
-			return;
-		}
-		--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
-	}
-
-	/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
-	 of the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
-	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
-
-	/* Call the co-routine. */
-	( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
-
-	return;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxPriority;
-
-	for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
-	{
-		vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
-	}
-
-	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
-	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
-	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
-
-	/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
-	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
-	pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
-	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
-{
-CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	/* This function is called from within an interrupt.  It can only access
-	event lists and the pending ready list.  This function assumes that a
-	check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
-	pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
-	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
+#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+	#define static
+#endif
+
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
+static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ];	/*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
+static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1;									/*< Delayed co-routines. */
+static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2;									/*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList;									/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
+static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;							/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList;								/*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event.  They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
+static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
+static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
+
+/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
+#define corINITIAL_STATE	( 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
+ * for the priority.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
+ * used from within an ISR.
+ */
+#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB )																		\
+{																													\
+	if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority )															\
+	{																												\
+		uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority;															\
+	}																												\
+	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );	\
+}
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
+
+/*
+ * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
+ * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion).  Instead they are placed in
+ * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
+ * list by the co-routine scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
+ * see if any require waking.
+ *
+ * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
+ * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
+ * we need not look any further down the list.
+ */
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
+
+	/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
+	pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
+	if( pxCoRoutine )
+	{
+		/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
+		be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
+		if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
+		{
+			pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
+			prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
+		}
+
+		/* Check the priority is within limits. */
+		if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
+		{
+			uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
+		}
+
+		/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
+		pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
+		pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+		pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
+		pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
+
+		/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+
+		/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
+		This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
+		in a list. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+
+		/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
+
+		/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
+		list at the correct priority. */
+		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
+
+		xReturn = pdPASS;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+
+	/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+	not a problem. */
+	xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+	/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+	ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+	both lists. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+	/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+	if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
+	{
+		/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the
+		overflow list. */
+		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
+		current block list. */
+		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+	}
+
+	if( pxEventList )
+	{
+		/* Also add the co-routine to an event list.  If this is done then the
+		function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
+		vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
+{
+	/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list?  These
+	are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR.  The ISR cannot access
+	the	ready lists itself. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+
+		/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
+			( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
+{
+CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
+
+	xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
+	while( xPassedTicks )
+	{
+		xCoRoutineTickCount++;
+		xPassedTicks--;
+
+		/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
+		if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
+		{
+			List_t * pxTemp;
+
+			/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.  If there are
+			any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
+			pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
+			pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
+			pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
+		}
+
+		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
+
+			if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+			{
+				/* Timeout not yet expired. */
+				break;
+			}
+
+			portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+			{
+				/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
+				section.  If this is the case then the generic list item will
+				have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
+				line is still valid.  Also the pvContainer parameter will have
+				been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+				/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
+				if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+			}
+			portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+			prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
+		}
+	}
+
+	xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
+{
+	/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
+	prvCheckPendingReadyList();
+
+	/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
+	prvCheckDelayedList();
+
+	/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+	{
+		if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
+		{
+			/* No more co-routines to check. */
+			return;
+		}
+		--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
+	}
+
+	/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
+	 of the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+	/* Call the co-routine. */
+	( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
+
+	return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+	for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+	}
+
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
+
+	/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
+	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
+	pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
+	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
+{
+CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* This function is called from within an interrupt.  It can only access
+	event lists and the pending ready list.  This function assumes that a
+	check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
+	pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/event_groups.c b/freertos/src/event_groups.c
index b8df5fd..37e6f1f 100644
--- a/freertos/src/event_groups.c
+++ b/freertos/src/event_groups.c
@@ -1,752 +1,753 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-#include "event_groups.h"
-
-/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
-MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
-header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
-privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
-
-/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
-item value.  It is important they don't clash with the
-taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
-#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
-	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x0100U
-	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x0200U
-	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x0400U
-	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff00U
-#else
-	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x01000000UL
-	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x02000000UL
-	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x04000000UL
-	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff000000UL
-#endif
-
-typedef struct xEventGroupDefinition
-{
-	EventBits_t uxEventBits;
-	List_t xTasksWaitingForBits;		/*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
-
-	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
-	#endif
-
-	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-	#endif
-} EventGroup_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
- * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is
- * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
- * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
- * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
- * in uxCurrentEventBits.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
-	{
-	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
-
-		/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
-		configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
-
-		/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
-		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
-
-		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
-		{
-			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
-			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
-				this event group was created statically in case the event group
-				is later deleted. */
-				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
-		}
-
-		return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
-	{
-	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
-
-		/* Allocate the event group. */
-		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
-
-		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
-		{
-			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
-			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
-				event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
-				later deleted. */
-				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
-		}
-
-		return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
-EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
-BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
-BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
-
-	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-		( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
-
-		if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
-		{
-			/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
-			uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
-
-			/* Rendezvous always clear the bits.  They will have been cleared
-			already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
-			pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-
-			xTicksToWait = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
-
-				/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
-				task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
-				found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
-				vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
-
-				/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
-				the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
-				warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
-				assignment is omitted. */
-				uxReturn = 0;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
-				specified - just return the current event bit value. */
-				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
-		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
-		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
-		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
-		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
-
-		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-				/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
-				bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
-				unblocked another task has set the bits.  If this is the case
-				then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
-				if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
-				{
-					pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-			xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
-		}
-
-		/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
-		returned. */
-		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-	}
-
-	traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
-
-	return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
-EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
-BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
-BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
-
-	/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
-	itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
-	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-		/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
-		xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
-
-		if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
-			block. */
-			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
-			xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
-
-			/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
-			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
-			specified, so just return the current value. */
-			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
-			set.  uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
-			this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
-			unblock the task. */
-			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
-			task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
-			found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
-			vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
-
-			/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
-			some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
-			being returned without being set if it is not done. */
-			uxReturn = 0;
-
-			traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
-		}
-	}
-	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
-		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
-		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
-		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
-		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
-
-		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
-				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-				/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
-				task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
-				if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-			/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
-			xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
-		}
-
-		/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
-		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-	}
-	traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
-
-	return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
-{
-EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
-EventBits_t uxReturn;
-
-	/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
-	itself. */
-	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
-
-		/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
-		cleared. */
-		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-		/* Clear the bits. */
-		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
-	{
-		BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
-		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
-EventBits_t uxReturn;
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
-{
-ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
-ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
-List_t *pxList;
-EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
-EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
-BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
-
-	/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
-	itself. */
-	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-
-	pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
-	pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
-
-		pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
-
-		/* Set the bits. */
-		pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
-
-		/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
-		while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
-		{
-			pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
-			uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
-			xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
-
-			/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
-			uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-			uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-
-			if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
-				if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
-			{
-				/* All bits are set. */
-				xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
-			}
-
-			if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The bits match.  Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
-				if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
-				item before removing the task from the event list.  The
-				eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
-				that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
-				than because it timed out. */
-				( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
-			}
-
-			/* Move onto the next list item.  Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
-			used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
-			and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
-			pxListItem = pxNext;
-		}
-
-		/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
-		bit was set in the control word. */
-		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-{
-EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
-const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
-
-		while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
-			and	cannot therefore have any bits set. */
-			configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
-			( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
-		}
-
-		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-		{
-			/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
-			it again. */
-			vPortFree( pxEventBits );
-		}
-		#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-		{
-			/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
-			dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
-			if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-			{
-				vPortFree( pxEventBits );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
-an interrupt. */
-void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
-{
-	( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
-an interrupt. */
-void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
-{
-	( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
-{
-BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
-
-	if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
-		set.  Is one already set? */
-		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
-		Are they set already? */
-		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
-		{
-			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-	return xWaitConditionMet;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
-		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
-
-	UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t xReturn;
-	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
-
-		if( xEventGroup == NULL )
-		{
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "event_groups.h"
+
+/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */
+
+/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
+item value.  It is important they don't clash with the
+taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
+#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
+	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x0100U
+	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x0200U
+	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x0400U
+	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff00U
+#else
+	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x01000000UL
+	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x02000000UL
+	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x04000000UL
+	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff000000UL
+#endif
+
+typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
+{
+	EventBits_t uxEventBits;
+	List_t xTasksWaitingForBits;		/*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
+
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+} EventGroup_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
+ * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is
+ * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
+ * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
+ * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
+ * in uxCurrentEventBits.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
+	{
+	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
+
+		/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
+		configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
+			event group structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
+		} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
+		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
+
+		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+		{
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
+				this event group was created statically in case the event group
+				is later deleted. */
+				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
+			pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
+			allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return pxEventBits;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
+	{
+	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
+
+		/* Allocate the event group.  Justification for MISRA deviation as
+		follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are
+		aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
+		pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
+		alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you
+		follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type
+		(EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself).  Therefore, whenever the
+		stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the
+		TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe.  In other cases,
+		where the natural word size of the architecture is less than
+		sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two
+		or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that
+		of each individual read. */
+		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
+
+		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+		{
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
+				event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
+				later deleted. */
+				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */
+		}
+
+		return pxEventBits;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
+BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+		if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+		{
+			/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
+			uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
+
+			/* Rendezvous always clear the bits.  They will have been cleared
+			already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+
+			xTicksToWait = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+
+				/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+				task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+				found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+				vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
+
+				/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
+				the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
+				warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
+				assignment is omitted. */
+				uxReturn = 0;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
+				specified - just return the current event bit value. */
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+				xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+				/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
+				bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
+				unblocked another task has set the bits.  If this is the case
+				then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
+				if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+				{
+					pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+		}
+
+		/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
+		returned. */
+		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+	}
+
+	traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+	( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
+BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
+BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
+	itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
+		xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
+
+		if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
+			block. */
+			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+			xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
+
+			/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
+			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
+			specified, so just return the current value. */
+			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+			xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
+			set.  uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
+			this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
+			unblock the task. */
+			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+			task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+			found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+			vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
+
+			/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
+			some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
+			being returned without being set if it is not done. */
+			uxReturn = 0;
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+		}
+	}
+	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+				/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
+				task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
+				if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+				xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
+		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+	}
+	traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+	( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
+	itself. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+
+		/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
+		cleared. */
+		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		/* Clear the bits. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+	{
+		BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
+{
+ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
+ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
+List_t const * pxList;
+EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
+	itself. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+	pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+	pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+		pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
+
+		/* Set the bits. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
+
+		/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
+		while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
+		{
+			pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
+			uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
+			xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+			/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
+			uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+			uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+
+			if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
+				if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
+			{
+				/* All bits are set. */
+				xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
+			}
+
+			if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The bits match.  Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
+				if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
+				item before removing the task from the event list.  The
+				eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
+				that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
+				than because it timed out. */
+				vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+			}
+
+			/* Move onto the next list item.  Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
+			used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
+			and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
+			pxListItem = pxNext;
+		}
+
+		/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
+		bit was set in the control word. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
+
+		while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
+			and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
+			configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
+			vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+		}
+
+		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+		{
+			/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
+			it again. */
+			vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		{
+			/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
+			dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
+			if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
+an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
+{
+	( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
+an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
+{
+	( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
+{
+BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
+
+	if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
+		set.  Is one already set? */
+		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
+		Are they set already? */
+		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+		{
+			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return xWaitConditionMet;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
+
+	UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t xReturn;
+	EventGroup_t const *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
+
+		if( xEventGroup == NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
+	{
+		( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/list.c b/freertos/src/list.c
index 5e207c1..7e3f73d 100644
--- a/freertos/src/list.c
+++ b/freertos/src/list.c
@@ -1,240 +1,198 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "list.h"
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------
- * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
- *----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
-{
-	/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
-	end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
-	as the only list entry. */
-	pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );			/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-
-	/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
-	ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
-	pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
-
-	/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
-	when the list is empty. */
-	pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );	/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-	pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-
-	pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-
-	/* Write known values into the list if
-	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
-	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
-{
-	/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
-	pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
-
-	/* Write known values into the list item if
-	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-	listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-	listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-{
-ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
-
-	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-
-	/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
-	makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
-	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
-	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
-	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
-
-	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-
-	pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-	pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-
-	/* Remember which list the item is in. */
-	pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
-
-	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-{
-ListItem_t *pxIterator;
-const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
-
-	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-
-	/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
-
-	If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
-	new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCB's which are
-	stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
-	share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
-	the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
-	first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
-	if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
-	{
-		pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
-		If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
-		listed below.  In addition see http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
-		more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
-		http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
-
-			1) Stack overflow -
-			   see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
-			2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
-			   parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
-			   interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
-			   http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
-			   of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
-			   http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
-			3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
-			   the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
-			   not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
-			4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
-			   before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
-			   before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
-		**********************************************************************/
-
-		for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-		{
-			/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
-			insertion position. */
-		}
-	}
-
-	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
-	pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
-	pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-
-	/* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
-	item later. */
-	pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
-
-	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
-{
-/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
-item. */
-List_t * const pxList = ( List_t * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
-
-	pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-	pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
-
-	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-
-	/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
-	if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
-	{
-		pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
-	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
-
-	return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
+{
+	/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+	end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+	as the only list entry. */
+	pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );			/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+	ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+	/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+	when the list is empty. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );	/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
+{
+	/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+	pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list item if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+	listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+	makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t *pxIterator;
+const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
+
+	If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
+	new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
+	stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
+	share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
+	the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
+	first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
+	if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+	{
+		pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+		If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
+		listed below.  In addition see https://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
+		more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
+		https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
+
+			1) Stack overflow -
+			   see https://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+			2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
+			   parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+			   interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
+			   https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
+			   of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
+			   https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+			3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+			   the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
+			   not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
+			4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+			   before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+			   before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+		**********************************************************************/
+
+		for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
+		{
+			/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
+			insertion position. */
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+	pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
+	item later. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
+{
+/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
+item. */
+List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+	if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+	{
+		pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+
+	return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_generic.h b/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_generic.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6579370..0000000
--- a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_generic.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/* This file was separated prom original port.c by SDK team to enable efective tickless idle mode implementation. */
-
-#ifndef FSL_TICKLESS_GENERIC_H
-#define FSL_TICKLESS_GENERIC_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
-	#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ			configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
-	/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
-	#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT		( 1UL << 2UL )
-#else
-	/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
-	as the core. */
-	#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT		( 0 )
-#endif
-
-/* Constants required to manipulate the core.  Registers first... */
-#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
-#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
-#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG	( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
-#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG				( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
-
-/* ...then bits in the registers. */
-#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT			( 1UL << 1UL )
-#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT			( 1UL << 0UL )
-#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT		( 1UL << 16UL )
-#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT			( 1UL << 27UL )
-#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT		( 1UL << 25UL )
-
-/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
-#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER				( 0xffffffUL )
-
-/* The LPTMR is a 16-bit counter. */
-#define portMAX_16_BIT_NUMBER				( 0xffffUL )
-
-/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
-occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
-calculations. */
-#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR			( 45UL )
-
-/*
- * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts.
- */
-void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* FSL_TICKLESS_GENERIC_H */
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_lptmr.c b/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_lptmr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c23eaaa..0000000
--- a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_lptmr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "fsl_tickless_generic.h"
-
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-#include "fsl_lptmr.h"
-#endif
-
-extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /* in Kinetis SDK, this contains the system core clock speed */
-
-/*
- * LPT timer base address and interrupt number
- */
-
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	extern LPTMR_Type *vPortGetLptrmBase(void);
-	extern IRQn_Type vPortGetLptmrIrqn(void);
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-/*
- * The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
- */
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-/*
- * The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
- * 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
- */
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-/*
- * The number of LPTIMER increments that make up one tick period.
- */
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	static uint32_t ulLPTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-/*
- * The flag of LPTIMER is occurs or not.
- */
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	static volatile bool ulLPTimerInterruptFired = false;
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-void vPortLptmrIsr(void)
-{
-	ulLPTimerInterruptFired = true;
-	LPTMR_ClearStatusFlags(vPortGetLptrmBase(), kLPTMR_TimerCompareFlag);
-}
-
-void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
-{
-	uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods;
-	TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
-	LPTMR_Type *pxLptmrBase;
-
-	pxLptmrBase = vPortGetLptrmBase();
-	if (pxLptmrBase == 0) return;
-	/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
-	if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
-	{
-		xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
-	}
-	if (xExpectedIdleTime == 0) return;
-	/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
-	tick periods.  -1 is used because this code will execute part way
-	through one of the tick periods. */
-	ulReloadValue = LPTMR_GetCurrentTimerCount(pxLptmrBase) + ( ulLPTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
-
-	/* Stop the LPTMR and systick momentarily.  The time the LPTMR and systick is stopped for
-	is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
-	inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
-	kernel with respect to calendar time. */
-	LPTMR_StopTimer(pxLptmrBase);
-	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
-
-	/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
-	method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
-	__asm volatile( "cpsid i" );
-	__asm volatile( "dsb" );
-	__asm volatile( "isb" );
-
-	/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
-	to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
-	if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
-	{
-		/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
-		this tick period. */
-		portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
-
-		/* Restart SysTick. */
-		portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
-
-		/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
-		periods. */
-		portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
-
-		/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
-		above. */
-		__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Set the new reload value. */
-		LPTMR_SetTimerPeriod(pxLptmrBase, ulReloadValue);
-
-		/* Enable LPTMR. */
-		LPTMR_StartTimer(pxLptmrBase);
-
-
-		/* Sleep until something happens.  configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
-		set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
-		its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
-		should not be executed again.  However, the original expected idle
-		time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
-		xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
-		configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
-		if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
-		{
-			__asm volatile( "dsb" );
-			__asm volatile( "wfi" );
-			__asm volatile( "isb" );
-		}
-		configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
-
-		ulLPTimerInterruptFired = false;
-
-		/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
-		above. */
-		__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
-		__NOP();
-		if( ulLPTimerInterruptFired )
-		{
-			/* The tick interrupt handler will already have pended the tick
-			processing in the kernel.  As the pending tick will be
-			processed as soon as this function exits, the tick value
-			maintained by the tick is stepped forward by one less than the
-			time spent waiting. */
-			ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
-			ulLPTimerInterruptFired = false;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
-			Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
-			periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
-			ticks). */
-			ulCompleteTickPeriods = LPTMR_GetCurrentTimerCount(pxLptmrBase)/ulLPTimerCountsForOneTick;
-		}
-
-		/* Stop LPTMR when CPU waked up then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
-		value.  The critical section is used to ensure the tick interrupt
-		can only execute once in the case that the reload register is near
-		zero. */
-		LPTMR_StopTimer(pxLptmrBase);
-		portENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
-			vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
-		}
-		portEXIT_CRITICAL();
-	}
-}
-#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-/*
- * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
- * frequency.
- */
-void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
-{
-	/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
-	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
-	{
-		ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
-		ulLPTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configLPTMR_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
-		xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_16_BIT_NUMBER / ulLPTimerCountsForOneTick;
-		NVIC_EnableIRQ(vPortGetLptmrIrqn());
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-	/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
-	portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
-	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
-	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
-}
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_systick.c b/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_systick.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c75613d..0000000
--- a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/fsl_tickless_systick.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "fsl_tickless_generic.h"
-
-extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /* in Kinetis SDK, this contains the system core clock speed */
-
-/*
- * The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
- */
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-/*
- * The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
- * 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
- */
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-/*
- * Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
- * power functionality only.
- */
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-
-	__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
-	{
-	uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements, ulSysTickCTRL;
-	TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
-
-		/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
-		if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
-		{
-			xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
-		}
-		if (xExpectedIdleTime == 0) return;
-		/* Stop the SysTick momentarily.  The time the SysTick is stopped for
-		is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
-		inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
-		kernel with respect to calendar time. */
-		portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
-
-		/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
-		tick periods.  -1 is used because this code will execute part way
-		through one of the tick periods. */
-		ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
-		if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
-		{
-			ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
-		}
-
-		/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
-		method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
-		__asm volatile( "cpsid i" );
-		__asm volatile( "dsb" );
-		__asm volatile( "isb" );
-
-		/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
-		to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
-		if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
-		{
-			/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
-			this tick period. */
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
-
-			/* Restart SysTick. */
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
-
-			/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
-			periods. */
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
-
-			/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
-			above. */
-			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Set the new reload value. */
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
-
-			/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
-			zero. */
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
-
-			/* Restart SysTick. */
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
-
-			/* Sleep until something happens.  configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
-			set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
-			its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
-			should not be executed again.  However, the original expected idle
-			time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
-			xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
-			configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
-			if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
-			{
-				__asm volatile( "dsb" );
-				__asm volatile( "wfi" );
-				__asm volatile( "isb" );
-			}
-			configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
-
-			/* Stop SysTick.  Again, the time the SysTick is stopped for is
-			accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
-			inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
-			kernel with respect to calendar time. */
-			ulSysTickCTRL = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG;
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( ulSysTickCTRL & ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
-
-			/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
-			above. */
-			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
-
-			if( ( ulSysTickCTRL & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
-			{
-				uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
-
-				/* The tick interrupt has already executed, and the SysTick
-				count reloaded with ulReloadValue.  Reset the
-				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
-				period. */
-				ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
-
-				/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
-				underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
-				that took too long. */
-				if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
-				{
-					ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
-				}
-
-				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
-
-				/* The tick interrupt handler will already have pended the tick
-				processing in the kernel.  As the pending tick will be
-				processed as soon as this function exits, the tick value
-				maintained by the tick is stepped forward by one less than the
-				time spent waiting. */
-				ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
-				Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
-				periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
-				ticks). */
-				ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
-
-				/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
-				was waiting? */
-				ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
-
-				/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
-				period remains. */
-				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
-			}
-
-			/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
-			again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
-			value.  The critical section is used to ensure the tick interrupt
-			can only execute once in the case that the reload register is near
-			zero. */
-			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
-			portENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
-				vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
-				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
-			}
-			portEXIT_CRITICAL();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
- * frequency.
- */
-__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
-{
-	/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
-	#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
-	{
-		ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
-		xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
-		ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-	/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
-	portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
-	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
-	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
-}
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/port.c b/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/port.c
index 34d33d3..dbefc64 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/port.c
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/port.c
@@ -1,481 +1,719 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------
- * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port.
- *----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Scheduler includes. */
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "fsl_tickless_generic.h"
-
-extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /* in Kinetis SDK, this contains the system core clock speed */
-
-/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is
-defined.  The value should also ensure backward compatibility.
-FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */
-#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
-	#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
-#endif
-
-
-
-#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI					( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
-#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI				( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
-
-/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
-#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER		( 16 )
-#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 	( 0xE000E3F0 )
-#define portAIRCR_REG						( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
-#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE					( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
-#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE					( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
-#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS				( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
-#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK				( 0x07UL << 8UL )
-#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT					( 8UL )
-
-/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
-#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK					( 0xFFUL )
-
-/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
-#define portINITIAL_XPSR					( 0x01000000UL )
-
-
-
-/* For strict compliance with the Cortex-M spec the task start address should
-have bit-0 clear, as it is loaded into the PC on exit from an ISR. */
-#define portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK				( ( StackType_t ) 0xfffffffeUL )
-
-/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
-prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
-debugger. */
-#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
-	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
-#else
-	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	prvTaskExitError
-#endif
-
-/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
-variable. */
-static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
-
-/*
- * Exception handlers.
- */
-void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
-void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
-void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
-
-/*
- * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
- */
-static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
-
-/*
- * Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
- */
-static void prvTaskExitError( void );
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
- * FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
- * a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
- */
-#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-	 static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
-	 static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
-	 static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
-#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * See header file for description.
- */
-StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
-{
-	/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
-	interrupt. */
-	pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
-	*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR;	/* xPSR */
-	pxTopOfStack--;
-	*pxTopOfStack = ( ( StackType_t ) pxCode ) & portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK;	/* PC */
-	pxTopOfStack--;
-	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS;	/* LR */
-	pxTopOfStack -= 5;	/* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
-	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters;	/* R0 */
-	pxTopOfStack -= 8;	/* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
-
-	return pxTopOfStack;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvTaskExitError( void )
-{
-	/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
-	its caller as there is nothing to return to.  If a task wants to exit it
-	should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
-
-	Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
-	defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
-	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
-	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-	for( ;; );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortSVCHandler( void )
-{
-	__asm volatile (
-					"	ldr	r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2		\n" /* Restore the context. */
-					"	ldr r1, [r3]					\n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
-					"	ldr r0, [r1]					\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
-					"	ldmia r0!, {r4-r11}				\n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
-					"	msr psp, r0						\n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
-					"	isb								\n"
-					"	mov r0, #0 						\n"
-					"	msr	basepri, r0					\n"
-					"	orr r14, #0xd					\n"
-					"	bx r14							\n"
-					"									\n"
-					"	.align 4						\n"
-					"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB				\n"
-				);
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
-{
-	__asm volatile(
-					" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 	\n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
-					" ldr r0, [r0] 			\n"
-					" ldr r0, [r0] 			\n"
-					" msr msp, r0			\n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
-					" cpsie i				\n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
-					" cpsie f				\n"
-					" dsb					\n"
-					" isb					\n"
-					" svc 0					\n" /* System call to start first task. */
-					" nop					\n"
-				);
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * See header file for description.
- */
-BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
-{
-	/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
-	See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
-
-	#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-	{
-		volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
-		volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
-		volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
-
-		/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
-		functions can be called.  ISR safe functions are those that end in
-		"FromISR".  FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
-		ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
-
-		Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
-		ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
-
-		/* Determine the number of priority bits available.  First write to all
-		possible bits. */
-		*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
-
-		/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
-		ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
-
-		/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
-		ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
-
-		/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
-		of bits read back. */
-		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
-		while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
-		{
-			ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
-			ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
-		}
-
-		/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
-		register. */
-		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
-		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
-
-		/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
-		value. */
-		*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
-	}
-	#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-	/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
-	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
-	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
-
-	/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR.  Interrupts are disabled
-	here already. */
-	vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
-
-	/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
-	uxCriticalNesting = 0;
-
-	/* Start the first task. */
-	prvPortStartFirstTask();
-
-	/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing!  Call the task
-	exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
-	not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
-	functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS. */
-	prvTaskExitError();
-
-	/* Should not get here! */
-	return 0;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortEndScheduler( void )
-{
-	/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
-	Artificially force an assert. */
-	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortEnterCritical( void )
-{
-	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-	uxCriticalNesting++;
-
-	/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
-	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context.  Only API
-	functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt.  Only assert if
-	the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
-	assert function also uses a critical section. */
-	if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
-	{
-		configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortExitCritical( void )
-{
-	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
-	uxCriticalNesting--;
-	if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
-	{
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
-{
-	/* This is a naked function. */
-
-	__asm volatile
-	(
-	"	mrs r0, psp							\n"
-	"	isb									\n"
-	"										\n"
-	"	ldr	r3, pxCurrentTCBConst			\n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
-	"	ldr	r2, [r3]						\n"
-	"										\n"
-	"	stmdb r0!, {r4-r11}					\n" /* Save the remaining registers. */
-	"	str r0, [r2]						\n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
-	"										\n"
-	"	stmdb sp!, {r3, r14}				\n"
-	"	mov r0, %0							\n"
-	"	msr basepri, r0						\n"
-	"	bl vTaskSwitchContext				\n"
-	"	mov r0, #0							\n"
-	"	msr basepri, r0						\n"
-	"	ldmia sp!, {r3, r14}				\n"
-	"										\n"	/* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */
-	"	ldr r1, [r3]						\n"
-	"	ldr r0, [r1]						\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
-	"	ldmia r0!, {r4-r11}					\n" /* Pop the registers. */
-	"	msr psp, r0							\n"
-	"	isb									\n"
-	"	bx r14								\n"
-	"										\n"
-	"	.align 4							\n"
-	"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB	\n"
-	::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
-	);
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
-{
-	/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
-	executes all interrupts must be unmasked.  There is therefore no need to
-	save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
-	known. */
-	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-	{
-		/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
-		if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* A context switch is required.  Context switching is performed in
-			the PendSV interrupt.  Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
-			portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
-		}
-	}
-	portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-}
-
-#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-
-	void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
-	{
-	uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
-	uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
-
-		/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
-		__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) );
-
-		/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
-		if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
-		{
-			/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
-			ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
-
-			/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
-			an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
-			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
-			function.  ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
-			from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
-			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
-
-			Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
-			interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
-			be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
-			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
-
-			Interrupts that	use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
-			default priority of	zero as that is the highest possible priority,
-			which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
-			and	therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
-
-			FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
-			interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
-
-			The following links provide detailed information:
-			http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
-			http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
-			configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
-		}
-
-		/* Priority grouping:  The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
-		that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
-		define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
-		the interrupt's sub-priority.  For simplicity all bits must be defined
-		to be pre-emption priority bits.  The following assertion will fail if
-		this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
-
-		If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
-		configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
-		devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
-		scheduler.  Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
-		assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
-		of zero will result in unpredicable behaviour. */
-		configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /* in Kinetis SDK, this contains the system core clock speed */
+
+/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is
+defined.  The value should also ensure backward compatibility.
+FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */
+#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
+	#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
+	#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
+	/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
+	#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT	( 1UL << 2UL )
+#else
+	/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
+	as the core. */
+	#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT	( 0 )
+#endif
+
+/* Constants required to manipulate the core.  Registers first... */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG	( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG				( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
+/* ...then bits in the registers. */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT			( 1UL << 1UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT			( 1UL << 0UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT		( 1UL << 16UL )
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT 			( 1UL << 27UL )
+#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT		( 1UL << 25UL )
+
+#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI					( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI				( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
+
+/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
+#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER		( 16 )
+#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 	( 0xE000E3F0 )
+#define portAIRCR_REG						( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
+#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE					( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
+#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE					( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
+#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS				( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
+#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK				( 0x07UL << 8UL )
+#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT					( 8UL )
+
+/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
+#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK					( 0xFFUL )
+
+/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
+#define portINITIAL_XPSR					( 0x01000000UL )
+
+/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
+#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER				( 0xffffffUL )
+
+/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
+occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
+calculations. */
+#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR			( 45UL )
+
+/* For strict compliance with the Cortex-M spec the task start address should
+have bit-0 clear, as it is loaded into the PC on exit from an ISR. */
+#define portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK				( ( StackType_t ) 0xfffffffeUL )
+
+/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
+prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
+debugger. */
+#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
+	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
+#else
+	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	prvTaskExitError
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts.  The implementation in this
+ * file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
+ * generate the tick interrupt.
+ */
+void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
+
+/*
+ * Exception handlers.
+ */
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
+void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
+ */
+static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
+ */
+static void prvTaskExitError( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
+variable. */
+static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
+
+/*
+ * The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
+ * 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
+ * power functionality only.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
+ * FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
+ * a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
+ */
+#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+	 static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
+	 static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
+	 static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
+#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
+{
+	/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
+	interrupt. */
+	pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
+	*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR;	/* xPSR */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( ( StackType_t ) pxCode ) & portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK;	/* PC */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS;	/* LR */
+	pxTopOfStack -= 5;	/* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters;	/* R0 */
+	pxTopOfStack -= 8;	/* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
+
+	return pxTopOfStack;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvTaskExitError( void )
+{
+volatile uint32_t ulDummy = 0UL;
+
+	/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
+	its caller as there is nothing to return to.  If a task wants to exit it
+	should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
+
+	Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
+	defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	while( ulDummy == 0 )
+	{
+		/* This file calls prvTaskExitError() after the scheduler has been
+		started to remove a compiler warning about the function being defined
+		but never called.  ulDummy is used purely to quieten other warnings
+		about code appearing after this function is called - making ulDummy
+		volatile makes the compiler think the function could return and
+		therefore not output an 'unreachable code' warning for code that appears
+		after it. */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortSVCHandler( void )
+{
+	__asm volatile (
+					"	ldr	r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2		\n" /* Restore the context. */
+					"	ldr r1, [r3]					\n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
+					"	ldr r0, [r1]					\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+					"	ldmia r0!, {r4-r11}				\n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
+					"	msr psp, r0						\n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
+					"	isb								\n"
+					"	mov r0, #0 						\n"
+					"	msr	basepri, r0					\n"
+					"	orr r14, #0xd					\n"
+					"	bx r14							\n"
+					"									\n"
+					"	.align 4						\n"
+					"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB				\n"
+				);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
+{
+	__asm volatile(
+					" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 	\n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
+					" ldr r0, [r0] 			\n"
+					" ldr r0, [r0] 			\n"
+					" msr msp, r0			\n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
+					" cpsie i				\n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
+					" cpsie f				\n"
+					" dsb					\n"
+					" isb					\n"
+					" svc 0					\n" /* System call to start first task. */
+					" nop					\n"
+				);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
+	See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
+
+	#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+	{
+		volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
+		volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
+		volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
+
+		/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
+		functions can be called.  ISR safe functions are those that end in
+		"FromISR".  FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
+		ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
+
+		Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
+		ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
+
+		/* Determine the number of priority bits available.  First write to all
+		possible bits. */
+		*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
+
+		/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
+		ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
+
+		/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
+		ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
+
+		/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
+		of bits read back. */
+		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
+		while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
+		{
+			ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
+			ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
+		}
+
+		#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+		{
+			/* Check the CMSIS configuration that defines the number of
+			priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
+			from the hardware. */
+			configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == __NVIC_PRIO_BITS );
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#ifdef configPRIO_BITS
+		{
+			/* Check the FreeRTOS configuration that defines the number of
+			priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
+			from the hardware. */
+			configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == configPRIO_BITS );
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
+		register. */
+		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
+		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
+
+		/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
+		value. */
+		*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
+	}
+	#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+	/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
+	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
+	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
+
+	/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR.  Interrupts are disabled
+	here already. */
+	vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
+
+	/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
+	uxCriticalNesting = 0;
+
+	/* Start the first task. */
+	prvPortStartFirstTask();
+
+	/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing!  Call the task
+	exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
+	not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
+	functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS.  Call
+	vTaskSwitchContext() so link time optimisation does not remove the
+	symbol. */
+	vTaskSwitchContext();
+	prvTaskExitError();
+
+	/* Should not get here! */
+	return 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEndScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
+	Artificially force an assert. */
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEnterCritical( void )
+{
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	uxCriticalNesting++;
+
+	/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
+	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context.  Only API
+	functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt.  Only assert if
+	the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
+	assert function also uses a critical section. */
+	if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
+	{
+		configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortExitCritical( void )
+{
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
+	uxCriticalNesting--;
+	if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+	{
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
+{
+	/* This is a naked function. */
+
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+	"	mrs r0, psp							\n"
+	"	isb									\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	ldr	r3, pxCurrentTCBConst			\n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
+	"	ldr	r2, [r3]						\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	stmdb r0!, {r4-r11}					\n" /* Save the remaining registers. */
+	"	str r0, [r2]						\n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
+	"										\n"
+	"	stmdb sp!, {r3, r14}				\n"
+	"	mov r0, %0							\n"
+	"	msr basepri, r0						\n"
+	"	bl vTaskSwitchContext				\n"
+	"	mov r0, #0							\n"
+	"	msr basepri, r0						\n"
+	"	ldmia sp!, {r3, r14}				\n"
+	"										\n" /* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */
+	"	ldr r1, [r3]						\n"
+	"	ldr r0, [r1]						\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+	"	ldmia r0!, {r4-r11}					\n" /* Pop the registers. */
+	"	msr psp, r0							\n"
+	"	isb									\n"
+	"	bx r14								\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	.align 4							\n"
+	"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB	\n"
+	::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
+	);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
+{
+	/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
+	executes all interrupts must be unmasked.  There is therefore no need to
+	save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
+	known. */
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	{
+		/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
+		if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A context switch is required.  Context switching is performed in
+			the PendSV interrupt.  Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
+			portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
+		}
+	}
+	portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+
+	__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
+	TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
+
+		/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
+		if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
+		{
+			xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
+		}
+
+		/* Stop the SysTick momentarily.  The time the SysTick is stopped for
+		is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
+		inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
+		kernel with respect to calendar time. */
+		portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+		/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
+		tick periods.  -1 is used because this code will execute part way
+		through one of the tick periods. */
+		ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
+		if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
+		{
+			ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
+		}
+
+		/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
+		method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
+		__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
+		__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+		__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+		/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
+		to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
+		if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
+		{
+			/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
+			this tick period. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
+
+			/* Restart SysTick. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+			/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
+			periods. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
+
+			/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
+			above. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Set the new reload value. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
+
+			/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
+			zero. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+
+			/* Restart SysTick. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+			/* Sleep until something happens.  configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
+			set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
+			its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
+			should not be executed again.  However, the original expected idle
+			time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
+			xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
+			configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
+			if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
+			{
+				__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
+				__asm volatile( "wfi" );
+				__asm volatile( "isb" );
+			}
+			configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
+
+			/* Re-enable interrupts to allow the interrupt that brought the MCU
+			out of sleep mode to execute immediately.  see comments above
+			__disable_interrupt() call above. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+			__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+			__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+			/* Disable interrupts again because the clock is about to be stopped
+			and interrupts that execute while the clock is stopped will increase
+			any slippage between the time maintained by the RTOS and calendar
+			time. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
+			__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+			__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+			/* Disable the SysTick clock without reading the
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG register to ensure the
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT is not cleared if it is set.  Again,
+			the time the SysTick is stopped for is accounted for as best it can
+			be, but using the tickless mode will inevitably result in some tiny
+			drift of the time maintained by the kernel with respect to calendar
+			time*/
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
+
+			/* Determine if the SysTick clock has already counted to zero and
+			been set back to the current reload value (the reload back being
+			correct for the entire expected idle time) or if the SysTick is yet
+			to count to zero (in which case an interrupt other than the SysTick
+			must have brought the system out of sleep mode). */
+			if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
+			{
+				uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
+
+				/* The tick interrupt is already pending, and the SysTick count
+				reloaded with ulReloadValue.  Reset the
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
+				period. */
+				ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
+
+				/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
+				underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
+				that took too long. */
+				if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
+				{
+					ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
+				}
+
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
+
+				/* As the pending tick will be processed as soon as this
+				function exits, the tick value maintained by the tick is stepped
+				forward by one less than the time spent waiting. */
+				ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
+				Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
+				periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
+				ticks). */
+				ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
+
+				/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
+				was waiting? */
+				ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
+
+				/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
+				period remains. */
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
+			}
+
+			/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
+			again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
+			value. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+			vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
+
+			/* Exit with interrpts enabled. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
+ * frequency.
+ */
+__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
+{
+	/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
+	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	{
+		ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
+		xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
+		ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+	/* Stop and clear the SysTick. */
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = 0UL;
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+
+	/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+
+	void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
+	uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
+
+		/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
+		__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
+
+		/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
+		if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
+		{
+			/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
+			ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
+
+			/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
+			an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
+			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
+			function.  ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
+			from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
+			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
+
+			Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
+			interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
+			be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
+			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
+
+			Interrupts that	use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
+			default priority of	zero as that is the highest possible priority,
+			which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
+			and	therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
+
+			FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
+			interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
+
+			The following links provide detailed information:
+			http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
+			http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
+			configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
+		}
+
+		/* Priority grouping:  The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
+		that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
+		define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
+		the interrupt's sub-priority.  For simplicity all bits must be defined
+		to be pre-emption priority bits.  The following assertion will fail if
+		this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
+
+		If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
+		configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
+		devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
+		scheduler.  Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
+		assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
+		of zero will result in unpredictable behaviour. */
+		configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h b/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h
index d44fc92..fd1d340 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h
@@ -1,284 +1,242 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
-#define PORTMACRO_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------
- * Port specific definitions.
- *
- * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
- * given hardware and compiler.
- *
- * These settings should not be altered.
- *-----------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-/* Type definitions. */
-#define portCHAR		char
-#define portFLOAT		float
-#define portDOUBLE		double
-#define portLONG		long
-#define portSHORT		short
-#define portSTACK_TYPE	uint32_t
-#define portBASE_TYPE	long
-
-typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
-typedef long BaseType_t;
-typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
-
-#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
-	typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
-	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
-#else
-	typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
-	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
-
-	/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
-	not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
-	#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Architecture specifics. */
-#define portSTACK_GROWTH			( -1 )
-#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS			( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
-#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT			8
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Scheduler utilities. */
-#define portYIELD() 															\
-{																				\
-	/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */								\
-	portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;								\
-																				\
-	/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely	\
-	within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */						\
-	__asm volatile( "dsb" );													\
-	__asm volatile( "isb" );													\
-}
-
-#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG		( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
-#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT		( 1UL << 28UL )
-#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) portYIELD()
-#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Critical section management. */
-extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
-extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
-#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()		ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
-#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x)	vPortSetBASEPRI(x)
-#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()				vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
-#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()					vPortSetBASEPRI(0)
-#define portENTER_CRITICAL()					vPortEnterCritical()
-#define portEXIT_CRITICAL()						vPortExitCritical()
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site.  These are
-not necessary for to use this port.  They are defined so the common demo files
-(which build with all the ports) will build. */
-#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
-#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
-#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
-	extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
-	#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
-#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
-	#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
-#endif
-
-#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
-
-	/* Generic helper function. */
-	__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
-	{
-	uint8_t ucReturn;
-
-		__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) );
-		return ucReturn;
-	}
-
-	/* Check the configuration. */
-	#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
-		#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32.  It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
-	#endif
-
-	/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
-	#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
-	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - ( uint32_t ) ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
-
-#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifdef configASSERT
-	void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
-	#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() 	vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
-#endif
-
-/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
-#define portNOP()
-
-#define portINLINE	__inline
-
-#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
-	#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
-#endif
-
-portFORCE_INLINE static BaseType_t xPortIsInsideInterrupt( void )
-{
-uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
-	__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) );
-
-	if( ulCurrentInterrupt == 0 )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
-{
-uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI;
-
-	__asm volatile
-	(
-		"	mov %0, %1												\n"	\
-		"	msr basepri, %0											\n" \
-		"	isb														\n" \
-		"	dsb														\n" \
-		:"=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY )
-	);
-}
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-portFORCE_INLINE static uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
-{
-uint32_t ulOriginalBASEPRI, ulNewBASEPRI;
-
-	__asm volatile
-	(
-		"	mrs %0, basepri											\n" \
-		"	mov %1, %2												\n"	\
-		"	msr basepri, %1											\n" \
-		"	isb														\n" \
-		"	dsb														\n" \
-		:"=r" (ulOriginalBASEPRI), "=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY )
-	);
-
-	/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
-	warnings. */
-	return ulOriginalBASEPRI;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
-{
-	__asm volatile
-	(
-		"	msr basepri, %0	" :: "r" ( ulNewMaskValue )
-	);
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
+#define PORTMACRO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Port specific definitions.
+ *
+ * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
+ * given hardware and compiler.
+ *
+ * These settings should not be altered.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* Type definitions. */
+#define portCHAR		char
+#define portFLOAT		float
+#define portDOUBLE		double
+#define portLONG		long
+#define portSHORT		short
+#define portSTACK_TYPE	uint32_t
+#define portBASE_TYPE	long
+
+typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
+typedef long BaseType_t;
+typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
+	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
+#else
+	typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
+	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
+
+	/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
+	not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
+	#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specifics. */
+#define portSTACK_GROWTH			( -1 )
+#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS			( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
+#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT			8
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler utilities. */
+#define portYIELD() 															\
+{																				\
+	/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */								\
+	portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;								\
+																				\
+	/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely	\
+	within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */						\
+	__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );										\
+	__asm volatile( "isb" );													\
+}
+
+#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG		( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT		( 1UL << 28UL )
+#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) portYIELD()
+#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Critical section management. */
+extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
+extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()		ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x)	vPortSetBASEPRI(x)
+#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()				vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
+#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()					vPortSetBASEPRI(0)
+#define portENTER_CRITICAL()					vPortEnterCritical()
+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL()						vPortExitCritical()
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site.  These are
+not necessary for to use this port.  They are defined so the common demo files
+(which build with all the ports) will build. */
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
+#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
+	extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
+	#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
+#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
+	#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
+#endif
+
+#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
+
+	/* Generic helper function. */
+	__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
+	{
+	uint8_t ucReturn;
+
+		__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) : "memory" );
+		return ucReturn;
+	}
+
+	/* Check the configuration. */
+	#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
+		#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32.  It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
+	#endif
+
+	/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
+	#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
+	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - ( uint32_t ) ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
+
+#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifdef configASSERT
+	void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
+	#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() 	vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
+#endif
+
+/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
+#define portNOP()
+
+#define portINLINE	__inline
+
+#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
+	#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
+#endif
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static BaseType_t xPortIsInsideInterrupt( void )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
+	__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
+
+	if( ulCurrentInterrupt == 0 )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
+{
+uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI;
+
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+		"	mov %0, %1												\n" \
+		"	msr basepri, %0											\n" \
+		"	isb														\n" \
+		"	dsb														\n" \
+		:"=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
+	);
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
+{
+uint32_t ulOriginalBASEPRI, ulNewBASEPRI;
+
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+		"	mrs %0, basepri											\n" \
+		"	mov %1, %2												\n" \
+		"	msr basepri, %1											\n" \
+		"	isb														\n" \
+		"	dsb														\n" \
+		:"=r" (ulOriginalBASEPRI), "=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
+	);
+
+	/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
+	warnings. */
+	return ulOriginalBASEPRI;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
+{
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+		"	msr basepri, %0	" :: "r" ( ulNewMaskValue ) : "memory"
+	);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/ReadMe.url b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/ReadMe.url
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b04bfe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/ReadMe.url
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
+Prop3=19,2
+[InternetShortcut]
+URL=http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
+IDList=
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
index 6dfb3cb..d911523 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
@@ -1,188 +1,146 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-
-/*
- * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc().  Note that this
- * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
- *
- * See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
- * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
- */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
-#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
-
-/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#else
-	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-
-static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-void *pvReturn = NULL;
-static uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
-
-	/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
-	#if( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 )
-	{
-		if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
-		{
-			/* Byte alignment required. */
-			xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
-		{
-			/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-			pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
-		}
-
-		/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
-		if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
-			( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte )	)/* Check for overflow. */
-		{
-			/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
-			block. */
-			pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
-			xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
-		}
-
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-	/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme.  See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
-	heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
-	http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
-	( void ) pv;
-
-	/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
-	configASSERT( pv == NULL );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-{
-	/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
-	xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
-}
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc().  Note that this
+ * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
+ *
+ * See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
+#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
+#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
+	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
+	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
+	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#else
+	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
+
+/* Index into the ucHeap array. */
+static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+static uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
+
+	/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+	#if( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 )
+	{
+		if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
+		{
+			/* Byte alignment required. */
+			xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
+		{
+			/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+			pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
+		}
+
+		/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
+		if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
+			( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte )	)/* Check for overflow. */
+		{
+			/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
+			block. */
+			pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
+			xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+	/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme.  See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
+	heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
+	http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
+	( void ) pv;
+
+	/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
+	configASSERT( pv == NULL );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+	/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
+	xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
index bba8554..d03b56f 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
@@ -1,314 +1,272 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/*
- * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
- * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
- * into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory).  See heap_4.c for
- * an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
- *
- * See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
- * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
- */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
-#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
-
-/*
- * Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
- */
-static void prvHeapInit( void );
-
-/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#else
-	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-
-
-/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
-of their size. */
-typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
-{
-	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
-	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
-} BlockLink_t;
-
-
-static const uint16_t heapSTRUCT_SIZE	= ( ( sizeof ( BlockLink_t ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
-
-/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
-static BlockLink_t xStart, xEnd;
-
-/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
-fragmentation. */
-static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-
-/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
-
-/*
- * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
- * the block.  Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
- * of the list.
- */
-#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert )								\
-{																					\
-BlockLink_t *pxIterator;															\
-size_t xBlockSize;																	\
-																					\
-	xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;										\
-																					\
-	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */	\
-	/* than the block we are inserting. */											\
-	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )	\
-	{																				\
-		/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */	\
-	}																				\
-																					\
-	/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */		\
-	/* position. */																	\
-	pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;					\
-	pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;									\
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
-static BaseType_t xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
-void *pvReturn = NULL;
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
-		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
-		if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			prvHeapInit();
-			xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
-		}
-
-		/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
-		structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
-		if( xWantedSize > 0 )
-		{
-			xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
-
-			/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
-			if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
-			{
-				/* Byte alignment required. */
-				xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-			}
-		}
-
-		if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) )
-		{
-			/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
-			(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
-			pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
-			pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-			while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
-			{
-				pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
-				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-			}
-
-			/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
-			if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
-			{
-				/* Return the memory space - jumping over the BlockLink_t structure
-				at its start. */
-				pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
-
-				/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
-				list of free blocks. */
-				pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-
-				/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
-				if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
-				{
-					/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new block
-					following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
-					used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
-					pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
-
-					/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
-					block. */
-					pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
-					pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
-
-					/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
-					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
-				}
-
-				xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-			}
-		}
-
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
-BlockLink_t *pxLink;
-
-	if( pv != NULL )
-	{
-		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
-		before it. */
-		puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
-
-		/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
-		byte alignment warnings. */
-		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
-			prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
-			xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
-			traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-{
-	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvHeapInit( void )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
-uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
-
-	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
-
-	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
-	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
-	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
-
-	/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
-	xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-	xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-
-	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
-	entire heap space. */
-	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
-	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
+ * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
+ * into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory).  See heap_4.c for
+ * an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
+#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE	( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
+
+/*
+ * Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
+ */
+static void prvHeapInit( void );
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
+#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
+	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
+	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
+	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#else
+	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
+
+
+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their size. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
+	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
+} BlockLink_t;
+
+
+static const uint16_t heapSTRUCT_SIZE	= ( ( sizeof ( BlockLink_t ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static BlockLink_t xStart, xEnd;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
+fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
+
+/*
+ * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
+ * the block.  Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
+ * of the list.
+ */
+#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert )								\
+{																					\
+BlockLink_t *pxIterator;															\
+size_t xBlockSize;																	\
+																					\
+	xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;										\
+																					\
+	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */	\
+	/* than the block we are inserting. */											\
+	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )	\
+	{																				\
+		/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */	\
+	}																				\
+																					\
+	/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */		\
+	/* position. */																	\
+	pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;					\
+	pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;									\
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+static BaseType_t xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+		if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			prvHeapInit();
+			xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
+		}
+
+		/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
+		structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+		if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+		{
+			xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+			/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+			if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
+			{
+				/* Byte alignment required. */
+				xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+			}
+		}
+
+		if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) )
+		{
+			/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
+			(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
+			pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+			pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+			while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
+			{
+				pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+			}
+
+			/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
+			if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
+			{
+				/* Return the memory space - jumping over the BlockLink_t structure
+				at its start. */
+				pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
+
+				/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
+				list of free blocks. */
+				pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+				/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
+				if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+				{
+					/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new block
+					following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
+					used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
+					pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+
+					/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
+					block. */
+					pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+					pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+					/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
+				}
+
+				xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+			}
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
+BlockLink_t *pxLink;
+
+	if( pv != NULL )
+	{
+		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
+		before it. */
+		puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+		/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
+		byte alignment warnings. */
+		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+			prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+			xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+			traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvHeapInit( void )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
+uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
+
+	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
+
+	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
+	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
+	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
+
+	/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
+	xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
+	xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+
+	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
+	entire heap space. */
+	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
index f922001..91b6f5a 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
@@ -1,139 +1,97 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-
-/*
- * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
- * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
- *
- * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
- * a heap memory area.
- *
- * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
- * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-void *pvReturn;
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-	if( pv )
-	{
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			free( pv );
-			traceFREE( pv, 0 );
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-	}
-}
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
+ * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
+ *
+ * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
+ * a heap memory area.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+	if( pv )
+	{
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			free( pv );
+			traceFREE( pv, 0 );
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+	}
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
index e7c7ade..bbd7bd8 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
@@ -1,478 +1,436 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/*
- * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
- * (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
- * limits memory fragmentation.
- *
- * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
- * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
- */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
-#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
-
-/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
-#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE		( ( size_t ) 8 )
-
-/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
-#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
-	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
-	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
-	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#else
-	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
-#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
-
-/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
-of their memory address. */
-typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
-{
-	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
-	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
-} BlockLink_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
- * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
- * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
- * adjacent to each other.
- */
-static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
-
-/*
- * Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
- * pvPortMalloc() is called.
- */
-static void prvHeapInit( void );
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
-block must by correctly byte aligned. */
-static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-
-/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
-static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
-
-/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
-fragmentation. */
-static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-
-/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
-member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
-application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
-space. */
-static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
-void *pvReturn = NULL;
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
-		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
-		if( pxEnd == NULL )
-		{
-			prvHeapInit();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
-		set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
-		is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
-		kernel, so it must be free. */
-		if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
-		{
-			/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
-			structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
-			if( xWantedSize > 0 )
-			{
-				xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
-
-				/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
-				of bytes. */
-				if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
-				{
-					/* Byte alignment required. */
-					xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-					configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
-			{
-				/* Traverse the list from the start	(lowest address) block until
-				one	of adequate size is found. */
-				pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
-				pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-				while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
-				{
-					pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
-					pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-				}
-
-				/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
-				was	not found. */
-				if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
-				{
-					/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
-					BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
-					pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
-
-					/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
-					of the list of free blocks. */
-					pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-
-					/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
-					two. */
-					if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
-					{
-						/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
-						block following the number of bytes requested. The void
-						cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
-						compiler. */
-						pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
-						configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
-
-						/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
-						single block. */
-						pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
-						pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
-
-						/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
-						prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-
-					if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
-					{
-						xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
-					by the application and has no "next" block. */
-					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
-					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
-BlockLink_t *pxLink;
-
-	if( pv != NULL )
-	{
-		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
-		before it. */
-		puc -= xHeapStructSize;
-
-		/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
-		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
-
-		/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
-		configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
-		configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
-
-		if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
-		{
-			if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
-			{
-				/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
-				allocated. */
-				pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
-
-				vTaskSuspendAll();
-				{
-					/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
-					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
-					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
-					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
-				}
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
-{
-	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvHeapInit( void )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
-uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
-size_t uxAddress;
-size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
-
-	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-	uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
-
-	if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
-	{
-		uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
-		uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-		xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
-	}
-
-	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
-
-	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
-	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
-	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
-
-	/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
-	at the end of the heap space. */
-	uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
-	uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
-	uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-	pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
-	pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
-	pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-
-	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
-	entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
-	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
-	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
-	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-
-	/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
-	xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-	xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-
-	/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
-	xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
-uint8_t *puc;
-
-	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
-	than the block being inserted. */
-	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-	{
-		/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
-	}
-
-	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
-	make a contiguous block of memory? */
-	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
-	if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
-	{
-		pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
-		pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
-	make a contiguous block of memory? */
-	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
-	if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-	{
-		if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
-		{
-			/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
-			pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
-	}
-
-	/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
-	before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
-	already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
-	to itself. */
-	if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
-	{
-		pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-}
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
+ * (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
+ * limits memory fragmentation.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
+
+/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
+#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE		( ( size_t ) 8 )
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
+#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
+	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
+	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
+	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#else
+	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
+
+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their memory address. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
+	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
+} BlockLink_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
+ * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
+ * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
+ * adjacent to each other.
+ */
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
+
+/*
+ * Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
+ * pvPortMalloc() is called.
+ */
+static void prvHeapInit( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
+block must by correctly byte aligned. */
+static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
+fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+
+/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
+member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
+application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
+space. */
+static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+		if( pxEnd == NULL )
+		{
+			prvHeapInit();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
+		set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
+		is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
+		kernel, so it must be free. */
+		if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
+		{
+			/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
+			structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+			if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+			{
+				xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
+
+				/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
+				of bytes. */
+				if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
+				{
+					/* Byte alignment required. */
+					xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+					configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
+			{
+				/* Traverse the list from the start	(lowest address) block until
+				one	of adequate size is found. */
+				pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+				pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+				while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
+				{
+					pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+					pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+				}
+
+				/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
+				was	not found. */
+				if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
+				{
+					/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
+					BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
+					pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
+
+					/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
+					of the list of free blocks. */
+					pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+					/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
+					two. */
+					if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+					{
+						/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
+						block following the number of bytes requested. The void
+						cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
+						compiler. */
+						pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+						configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+
+						/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
+						single block. */
+						pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+						pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+						/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+						prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+
+					if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
+					{
+						xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
+					by the application and has no "next" block. */
+					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
+					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
+BlockLink_t *pxLink;
+
+	if( pv != NULL )
+	{
+		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
+		before it. */
+		puc -= xHeapStructSize;
+
+		/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
+		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+		/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
+		configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
+		configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
+
+		if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
+		{
+			if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
+			{
+				/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
+				allocated. */
+				pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
+
+				vTaskSuspendAll();
+				{
+					/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
+					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+				}
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvHeapInit( void )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
+uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
+size_t uxAddress;
+size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+	uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
+
+	if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
+	{
+		uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
+		uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+		xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
+	}
+
+	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
+
+	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
+	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
+	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
+
+	/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
+	at the end of the heap space. */
+	uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
+	uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
+	uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+	pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
+	pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
+	pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+
+	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
+	entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
+	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+
+	/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
+	xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+	xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+
+	/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
+	xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
+uint8_t *puc;
+
+	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
+	than the block being inserted. */
+	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
+	if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
+		pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
+	if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
+		{
+			/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
+			pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
+	}
+
+	/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
+	before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
+	already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
+	to itself. */
+	if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c
index d53e41e..980a57e 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/MemMang/heap_5.c
@@ -1,527 +1,485 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/*
- * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() that allows the heap to be defined
- * across multiple non-contigous blocks and combines (coalescences) adjacent
- * memory blocks as they are freed.
- *
- * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative
- * implementations, and the memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * for more information.
- *
- * Usage notes:
- *
- * vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be called before pvPortMalloc().
- * pvPortMalloc() will be called if any task objects (tasks, queues, event
- * groups, etc.) are created, therefore vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be
- * called before any other objects are defined.
- *
- * vPortDefineHeapRegions() takes a single parameter.  The parameter is an array
- * of HeapRegion_t structures.  HeapRegion_t is defined in portable.h as
- *
- * typedef struct HeapRegion
- * {
- *	uint8_t *pucStartAddress; << Start address of a block of memory that will be part of the heap.
- *	size_t xSizeInBytes;	  << Size of the block of memory.
- * } HeapRegion_t;
- *
- * The array is terminated using a NULL zero sized region definition, and the
- * memory regions defined in the array ***must*** appear in address order from
- * low address to high address.  So the following is a valid example of how
- * to use the function.
- *
- * HeapRegion_t xHeapRegions[] =
- * {
- * 	{ ( uint8_t * ) 0x80000000UL, 0x10000 }, << Defines a block of 0x10000 bytes starting at address 0x80000000
- * 	{ ( uint8_t * ) 0x90000000UL, 0xa0000 }, << Defines a block of 0xa0000 bytes starting at address of 0x90000000
- * 	{ NULL, 0 }                << Terminates the array.
- * };
- *
- * vPortDefineHeapRegions( xHeapRegions ); << Pass the array into vPortDefineHeapRegions().
- *
- * Note 0x80000000 is the lower address so appears in the array first.
- *
- */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
-	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
-#endif
-
-/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
-#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
-
-/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
-#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE		( ( size_t ) 8 )
-
-/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
-of their memory address. */
-typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
-{
-	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
-	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
-} BlockLink_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
- * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
- * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
- * adjacent to each other.
- */
-static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
-block must by correctly byte aligned. */
-static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
-
-/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
-static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
-
-/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
-fragmentation. */
-static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
-
-/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
-member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
-application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
-space. */
-static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
-void *pvReturn = NULL;
-
-	/* The heap must be initialised before the first call to
-	prvPortMalloc(). */
-	configASSERT( pxEnd );
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
-		set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
-		is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
-		kernel, so it must be free. */
-		if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
-		{
-			/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
-			structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
-			if( xWantedSize > 0 )
-			{
-				xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
-
-				/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
-				of bytes. */
-				if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
-				{
-					/* Byte alignment required. */
-					xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
-			{
-				/* Traverse the list from the start	(lowest address) block until
-				one	of adequate size is found. */
-				pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
-				pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
-				while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
-				{
-					pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
-					pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-				}
-
-				/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
-				was	not found. */
-				if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
-				{
-					/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
-					BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
-					pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
-
-					/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
-					of the list of free blocks. */
-					pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-
-					/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
-					two. */
-					if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
-					{
-						/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
-						block following the number of bytes requested. The void
-						cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
-						compiler. */
-						pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
-
-						/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
-						single block. */
-						pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
-						pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
-
-						/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
-						prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
-
-					if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
-					{
-						xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
-					by the application and has no "next" block. */
-					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
-					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
-	}
-	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		if( pvReturn == NULL )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
-			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortFree( void *pv )
-{
-uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
-BlockLink_t *pxLink;
-
-	if( pv != NULL )
-	{
-		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
-		before it. */
-		puc -= xHeapStructSize;
-
-		/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
-		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
-
-		/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
-		configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
-		configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
-
-		if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
-		{
-			if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
-			{
-				/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
-				allocated. */
-				pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
-
-				vTaskSuspendAll();
-				{
-					/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
-					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
-					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
-					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
-				}
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
-{
-	return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
-uint8_t *puc;
-
-	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
-	than the block being inserted. */
-	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-	{
-		/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
-	}
-
-	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
-	make a contiguous block of memory? */
-	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
-	if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
-	{
-		pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
-		pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
-	make a contiguous block of memory? */
-	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
-	if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
-	{
-		if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
-		{
-			/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
-			pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
-			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
-	}
-
-	/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
-	before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
-	already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
-	to itself. */
-	if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
-	{
-		pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions )
-{
-BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = NULL, *pxPreviousFreeBlock;
-size_t xAlignedHeap;
-size_t xTotalRegionSize, xTotalHeapSize = 0;
-BaseType_t xDefinedRegions = 0;
-size_t xAddress;
-const HeapRegion_t *pxHeapRegion;
-
-	/* Can only call once! */
-	configASSERT( pxEnd == NULL );
-
-	pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
-
-	while( pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes > 0 )
-	{
-		xTotalRegionSize = pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes;
-
-		/* Ensure the heap region starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
-		xAddress = ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
-		if( ( xAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
-		{
-			xAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
-			xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
-
-			/* Adjust the size for the bytes lost to alignment. */
-			xTotalRegionSize -= xAddress - ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
-		}
-
-		xAlignedHeap = xAddress;
-
-		/* Set xStart if it has not already been set. */
-		if( xDefinedRegions == 0 )
-		{
-			/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of
-			free blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
-			xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
-			xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Should only get here if one region has already been added to the
-			heap. */
-			configASSERT( pxEnd != NULL );
-
-			/* Check blocks are passed in with increasing start addresses. */
-			configASSERT( xAddress > ( size_t ) pxEnd );
-		}
-
-		/* Remember the location of the end marker in the previous region, if
-		any. */
-		pxPreviousFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-
-		/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is
-		inserted at the end of the region space. */
-		xAddress = xAlignedHeap + xTotalRegionSize;
-		xAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
-		xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
-		pxEnd = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAddress;
-		pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
-		pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
-
-		/* To start with there is a single free block in this region that is
-		sized to take up the entire heap region minus the space taken by the
-		free block structure. */
-		pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
-		pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize = xAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
-		pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
-
-		/* If this is not the first region that makes up the entire heap space
-		then link the previous region to this region. */
-		if( pxPreviousFreeBlock != NULL )
-		{
-			pxPreviousFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
-		}
-
-		xTotalHeapSize += pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize;
-
-		/* Move onto the next HeapRegion_t structure. */
-		xDefinedRegions++;
-		pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
-	}
-
-	xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
-	xFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
-
-	/* Check something was actually defined before it is accessed. */
-	configASSERT( xTotalHeapSize );
-
-	/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
-	xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
-}
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() that allows the heap to be defined
+ * across multiple non-contigous blocks and combines (coalescences) adjacent
+ * memory blocks as they are freed.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative
+ * implementations, and the memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * for more information.
+ *
+ * Usage notes:
+ *
+ * vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be called before pvPortMalloc().
+ * pvPortMalloc() will be called if any task objects (tasks, queues, event
+ * groups, etc.) are created, therefore vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be
+ * called before any other objects are defined.
+ *
+ * vPortDefineHeapRegions() takes a single parameter.  The parameter is an array
+ * of HeapRegion_t structures.  HeapRegion_t is defined in portable.h as
+ *
+ * typedef struct HeapRegion
+ * {
+ *	uint8_t *pucStartAddress; << Start address of a block of memory that will be part of the heap.
+ *	size_t xSizeInBytes;	  << Size of the block of memory.
+ * } HeapRegion_t;
+ *
+ * The array is terminated using a NULL zero sized region definition, and the
+ * memory regions defined in the array ***must*** appear in address order from
+ * low address to high address.  So the following is a valid example of how
+ * to use the function.
+ *
+ * HeapRegion_t xHeapRegions[] =
+ * {
+ * 	{ ( uint8_t * ) 0x80000000UL, 0x10000 }, << Defines a block of 0x10000 bytes starting at address 0x80000000
+ * 	{ ( uint8_t * ) 0x90000000UL, 0xa0000 }, << Defines a block of 0xa0000 bytes starting at address of 0x90000000
+ * 	{ NULL, 0 }                << Terminates the array.
+ * };
+ *
+ * vPortDefineHeapRegions( xHeapRegions ); << Pass the array into vPortDefineHeapRegions().
+ *
+ * Note 0x80000000 is the lower address so appears in the array first.
+ *
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
+
+/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
+#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE		( ( size_t ) 8 )
+
+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their memory address. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
+	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
+} BlockLink_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
+ * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
+ * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
+ * adjacent to each other.
+ */
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
+block must by correctly byte aligned. */
+static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
+fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+
+/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
+member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
+application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
+space. */
+static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+	/* The heap must be initialised before the first call to
+	prvPortMalloc(). */
+	configASSERT( pxEnd );
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
+		set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
+		is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
+		kernel, so it must be free. */
+		if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
+		{
+			/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
+			structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+			if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+			{
+				xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
+
+				/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
+				of bytes. */
+				if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
+				{
+					/* Byte alignment required. */
+					xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
+			{
+				/* Traverse the list from the start	(lowest address) block until
+				one	of adequate size is found. */
+				pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+				pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+				while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
+				{
+					pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+					pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+				}
+
+				/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
+				was	not found. */
+				if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
+				{
+					/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
+					BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
+					pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
+
+					/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
+					of the list of free blocks. */
+					pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+					/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
+					two. */
+					if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+					{
+						/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
+						block following the number of bytes requested. The void
+						cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
+						compiler. */
+						pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+
+						/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
+						single block. */
+						pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+						pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+						/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+						prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+
+					if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
+					{
+						xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
+					by the application and has no "next" block. */
+					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
+					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
+BlockLink_t *pxLink;
+
+	if( pv != NULL )
+	{
+		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
+		before it. */
+		puc -= xHeapStructSize;
+
+		/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
+		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+		/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
+		configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
+		configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
+
+		if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
+		{
+			if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
+			{
+				/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
+				allocated. */
+				pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
+
+				vTaskSuspendAll();
+				{
+					/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
+					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+				}
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
+uint8_t *puc;
+
+	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
+	than the block being inserted. */
+	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
+	if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
+		pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
+	if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
+		{
+			/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
+			pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
+	}
+
+	/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
+	before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
+	already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
+	to itself. */
+	if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = NULL, *pxPreviousFreeBlock;
+size_t xAlignedHeap;
+size_t xTotalRegionSize, xTotalHeapSize = 0;
+BaseType_t xDefinedRegions = 0;
+size_t xAddress;
+const HeapRegion_t *pxHeapRegion;
+
+	/* Can only call once! */
+	configASSERT( pxEnd == NULL );
+
+	pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
+
+	while( pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes > 0 )
+	{
+		xTotalRegionSize = pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes;
+
+		/* Ensure the heap region starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+		xAddress = ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
+		if( ( xAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
+		{
+			xAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
+			xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
+
+			/* Adjust the size for the bytes lost to alignment. */
+			xTotalRegionSize -= xAddress - ( size_t ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
+		}
+
+		xAlignedHeap = xAddress;
+
+		/* Set xStart if it has not already been set. */
+		if( xDefinedRegions == 0 )
+		{
+			/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of
+			free blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
+			xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
+			xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Should only get here if one region has already been added to the
+			heap. */
+			configASSERT( pxEnd != NULL );
+
+			/* Check blocks are passed in with increasing start addresses. */
+			configASSERT( xAddress > ( size_t ) pxEnd );
+		}
+
+		/* Remember the location of the end marker in the previous region, if
+		any. */
+		pxPreviousFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+
+		/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is
+		inserted at the end of the region space. */
+		xAddress = xAlignedHeap + xTotalRegionSize;
+		xAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
+		xAddress &= ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
+		pxEnd = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAddress;
+		pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
+		pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+
+		/* To start with there is a single free block in this region that is
+		sized to take up the entire heap region minus the space taken by the
+		free block structure. */
+		pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
+		pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize = xAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
+		pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+
+		/* If this is not the first region that makes up the entire heap space
+		then link the previous region to this region. */
+		if( pxPreviousFreeBlock != NULL )
+		{
+			pxPreviousFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion;
+		}
+
+		xTotalHeapSize += pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize;
+
+		/* Move onto the next HeapRegion_t structure. */
+		xDefinedRegions++;
+		pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
+	}
+
+	xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
+	xFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
+
+	/* Check something was actually defined before it is accessed. */
+	configASSERT( xTotalHeapSize );
+
+	/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
+	xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
+}
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/portable/readme.txt b/freertos/src/portable/readme.txt
index 43e7c1d..b22b36b 100644
--- a/freertos/src/portable/readme.txt
+++ b/freertos/src/portable/readme.txt
@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
-Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
-components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are 
-specific to a particular microcontroller and/or compiler.
-
-
-+ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable/MemMang directory contains the three sample 
-memory allocators as described on the http://www.FreeRTOS.org WEB site.
-
-+ The other directories each contain files specific to a particular 
-microcontroller or compiler.
-
-
-
-For example, if you are interested in the GCC port for the ATMega323 
-microcontroller then the port specific files are contained in
-FreeRTOS/Source/Portable/GCC/ATMega323 directory.  If this is the only
-port you are interested in then all the other directories can be
-ignored.
-
+Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
+components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are
+specific to a particular microcontroller and/or compiler.
+
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable/MemMang directory contains the five sample
+memory allocators as described on the http://www.FreeRTOS.org WEB site.
+
++ The other directories each contain files specific to a particular
+microcontroller or compiler, where the directory name denotes the compiler
+specific files the directory contains.
+
+
+
+For example, if you are interested in the [compiler] port for the [architecture]
+microcontroller, then the port specific files are contained in
+FreeRTOS/Source/Portable/[compiler]/[architecture] directory.  If this is the
+only port you are interested in then all the other directories can be
+ignored.
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/queue.c b/freertos/src/queue.c
index ce623be..ebf2b20 100644
--- a/freertos/src/queue.c
+++ b/freertos/src/queue.c
@@ -1,2566 +1,2941 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "queue.h"
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-	#include "croutine.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
-MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
-header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
-privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
-
-
-/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
-#define queueUNLOCKED					( ( int8_t ) -1 )
-#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED			( ( int8_t ) 0 )
-
-/* When the Queue_t structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and
-pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area.  When the
-Queue_t structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are
-not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the
-pcTail pointer actually points to the mutex holder (if any).  Map alternative
-names to the pcHead and pcTail structure members to ensure the readability of
-the code is maintained despite this dual use of two structure members.  An
-alternative implementation would be to use a union, but use of a union is
-against the coding standard (although an exception to the standard has been
-permitted where the dual use also significantly changes the type of the
-structure member). */
-#define pxMutexHolder					pcTail
-#define uxQueueType						pcHead
-#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX				NULL
-
-/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
-zero. */
-#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME		 ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-
-#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
-	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
-	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
-#else
-	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
- * Items are queued by copy, not reference.  See the following link for the
- * rationale: http://www.freertos.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
- */
-typedef struct QueueDefinition
-{
-	int8_t *pcHead;					/*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
-	int8_t *pcTail;					/*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area.  Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
-	int8_t *pcWriteTo;				/*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
-
-	union							/* Use of a union is an exception to the coding standard to ensure two mutually exclusive structure members don't appear simultaneously (wasting RAM). */
-	{
-		int8_t *pcReadFrom;			/*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */
-		UBaseType_t uxRecursiveCallCount;/*< Maintains a count of the number of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */
-	} u;
-
-	List_t xTasksWaitingToSend;		/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
-	List_t xTasksWaitingToReceive;	/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
-
-	volatile UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
-	UBaseType_t uxLength;			/*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
-	UBaseType_t uxItemSize;			/*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
-
-	volatile int8_t cRxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
-	volatile int8_t cTxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
-
-	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated;	/*< Set to pdTRUE if the memory used by the queue was statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-		struct QueueDefinition *pxQueueSetContainer;
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber;
-		uint8_t ucQueueType;
-	#endif
-
-} xQUEUE;
-
-/* The old xQUEUE name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Queue_t
-name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
- * queue structures.  It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
- */
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	/* The type stored within the queue registry array.  This allows a name
-	to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
-	more user friendly. */
-	typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
-	{
-		const char *pcQueueName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-		QueueHandle_t xHandle;
-	} xQueueRegistryItem;
-
-	/* The old xQueueRegistryItem name is maintained above then typedefed to the
-	new xQueueRegistryItem name below to enable the use of older kernel aware
-	debuggers. */
-	typedef xQueueRegistryItem QueueRegistryItem_t;
-
-	/* The queue registry is simply an array of QueueRegistryItem_t structures.
-	The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
-	array position being vacant. */
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA QueueRegistryItem_t xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-
-/*
- * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue.  Locking a queue does not
- * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
- * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists.  If an ISR finds a
- * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
- * to indicate that a task may require unblocking.  When the queue in unlocked
- * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
- */
-static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
- */
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
- * back of the queue.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Copies an item out of a queue.
- */
-static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-	/*
-	 * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies
-	 * the queue set that the queue contains data.
-	 */
-	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Called after a Queue_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Mutexes are a special type of queue.  When a mutex is created, first the
- * queue is created, then prvInitialiseMutex() is called to configure the queue
- * as a mutex.
- */
-#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Macro to mark a queue as locked.  Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
- * accessing the queue event lists.
- */
-#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue )								\
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();									\
-	{														\
-		if( ( pxQueue )->cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
-		{													\
-			( pxQueue )->cRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
-		}													\
-		if( ( pxQueue )->cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
-		{													\
-			( pxQueue )->cTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
-		}													\
-	}														\
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue )
-{
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		pxQueue->pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-		pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-		pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
-		pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-
-		if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then
-			the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue
-			will still be empty.  If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to
-			the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits
-			it will be possible to write to it. */
-			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */
-			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
-			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	/* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous
-	versions. */
-	return pdPASS;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
-
-		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
-
-		/* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
-		supplied. */
-		configASSERT( pxStaticQueue != NULL );
-
-		/* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
-		should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
-		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) );
-		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) );
-
-		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-			variable of type StaticQueue_t or StaticSemaphore_t equals the size of
-			the real queue and semaphore structures. */
-			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticQueue_t );
-			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Queue_t ) );
-		}
-		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-		/* The address of a statically allocated queue was passed in, use it.
-		The address of a statically allocated storage area was also passed in
-		but is already set. */
-		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pxStaticQueue; /*lint !e740 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
-
-		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-		{
-			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Queues can be allocated wither statically or dynamically, so
-				note this queue was allocated statically in case the queue is
-				later deleted. */
-				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
-		}
-
-		return pxNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
-	size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
-	uint8_t *pucQueueStorage;
-
-		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
-
-		if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* There is not going to be a queue storage area. */
-			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Allocate enough space to hold the maximum number of items that
-			can be in the queue at any time. */
-			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-		}
-
-		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Queue_t ) + xQueueSizeInBytes );
-
-		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Jump past the queue structure to find the location of the queue
-			storage area. */
-			pucQueueStorage = ( ( uint8_t * ) pxNewQueue ) + sizeof( Queue_t );
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Queues can be created either statically or dynamically, so
-				note this task was created dynamically in case it is later
-				deleted. */
-				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
-		}
-
-		return pxNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
-{
-	/* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should
-	configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */
-	( void ) ucQueueType;
-
-	if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* No RAM was allocated for the queue storage area, but PC head cannot
-		be set to NULL because NULL is used as a key to say the queue is used as
-		a mutex.  Therefore just set pcHead to point to the queue as a benign
-		value that is known to be within the memory map. */
-		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Set the head to the start of the queue storage area. */
-		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pucQueueStorage;
-	}
-
-	/* Initialise the queue members as described where the queue type is
-	defined. */
-	pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
-	pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
-	( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE );
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-
-	#if( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-	traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
-	{
-		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-		{
-			/* The queue create function will set all the queue structure members
-			correctly for a generic queue, but this function is creating a
-			mutex.  Overwrite those members that need to be set differently -
-			in particular the information required for priority inheritance. */
-			pxNewQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
-			pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
-
-			/* In case this is a recursive mutex. */
-			pxNewQueue->u.uxRecursiveCallCount = 0;
-
-			traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
-
-			/* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
-			( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( TickType_t ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
-	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-
-		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
-		prvInitialiseMutex( pxNewQueue );
-
-		return pxNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
-	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-
-		/* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if
-		configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */
-		( void ) ucQueueType;
-
-		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
-		prvInitialiseMutex( pxNewQueue );
-
-		return pxNewQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
-
-	void* xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-	{
-	void *pxReturn;
-
-		/* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not
-		be called directly.  Note:  This is a good way of determining if the
-		calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the
-		identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the
-		following critical section exiting and the function returning. */
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-			{
-				pxReturn = ( void * ) ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->pxMutexHolder;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				pxReturn = NULL;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return pxReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-
-		configASSERT( pxMutex );
-
-		/* If this is the task that holds the mutex then pxMutexHolder will not
-		change outside of this task.  If this task does not hold the mutex then
-		pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
-		this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
-		pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task.  Therefore no
-		mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
-		if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == ( void * ) xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) /*lint !e961 Not a redundant cast as TaskHandle_t is a typedef. */
-		{
-			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
-
-			/* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if pxMutexHolder is equal to
-			the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required.  Also,
-			uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
-			there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
-			uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
-			( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
-
-			/* Has the recursive call count unwound to 0? */
-			if( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Return the mutex.  This will automatically unblock any other
-				task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
-				( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The mutex cannot be given because the calling task is not the
-			holder. */
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-
-			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-
-		configASSERT( pxMutex );
-
-		/* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
-		xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
-
-		traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
-
-		if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == ( void * ) xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) /*lint !e961 Cast is not redundant as TaskHandle_t is a typedef. */
-		{
-			( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = xQueueGenericReceive( pxMutex, NULL, xTicksToWait, pdFALSE );
-
-			/* pdPASS will only be returned if the mutex was successfully
-			obtained.  The calling task may have entered the Blocked state
-			before reaching here. */
-			if( xReturn != pdFAIL )
-			{
-				( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
-			}
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
-	{
-	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
-
-		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
-		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
-
-		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-
-		if( xHandle != NULL )
-		{
-			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
-
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
-		}
-
-		return xHandle;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
-	{
-	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
-
-		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
-		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
-
-		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-
-		if( xHandle != NULL )
-		{
-			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
-
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
-		}
-
-		return xHandle;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-{
-BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE, xYieldRequired;
-TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-
-	/* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
-	statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
-	of execution time efficiency. */
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* Is there room on the queue now?  The running task must be the
-			highest priority task wanting to access the queue.  If the head item
-			in the queue is to be overwritten then it does not matter if the
-			queue is full. */
-			if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
-			{
-				traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
-				xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-					{
-						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
-							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
-							unblock. A context switch is required. */
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
-						queue then unblock it now. */
-						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-						{
-							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
-								our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to
-								do this from within the critical section - the
-								kernel takes care of that. */
-								queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* This path is a special case that will only get
-							executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes
-							and the mutexes were given back in an order that is
-							different to that in which they were taken. */
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-				{
-					/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
-					queue then unblock it now. */
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
-							our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to do
-							this from within the critical section - the kernel
-							takes care of that. */
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* This path is a special case that will only get
-						executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes and
-						the mutexes were given back in an order that is
-						different to that in which they were taken. */
-						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-				return pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
-					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-					/* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
-					the function. */
-					traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
-					return errQUEUE_FULL;
-				}
-				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
-					configure the timeout structure. */
-					vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Entry time was already set. */
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-		now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
-				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
-
-				/* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
-				event list.  It is possible	that interrupts occurring now
-				remove this task from the event	list again - but as the
-				scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
-				ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-				/* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
-				ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
-				task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
-				case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
-				is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Try again. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The timeout has expired. */
-			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
-			return errQUEUE_FULL;
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except without blocking if there is no room
-	in the queue.  Also don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
-	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
-	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
-	post). */
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
-		{
-			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			/* Semaphores use xQueueGiveFromISR(), so pxQueue will not be a
-			semaphore or mutex.  That means prvCopyDataToQueue() cannot result
-			in a task disinheriting a priority and prvCopyDataToQueue() can be
-			called here even though the disinherit function does not check if
-			the scheduler is suspended before accessing the ready lists. */
-			( void ) prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
-			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
-			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-					{
-						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
-							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
-							unblock.  A context switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-						{
-							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
-								record that a context switch is required. */
-								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-								{
-									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-								}
-								else
-								{
-									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-								}
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-				{
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-							context	switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
-				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSendFromISR() but used with semaphores where the
-	item size is 0.  Don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
-	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
-	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
-	post). */
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-	/* xQueueGenericSendFromISR() should be used instead of xQueueGiveFromISR()
-	if the item size is not 0. */
-	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
-
-	/* Normally a mutex would not be given from an interrupt, especially if
-	there is a mutex holder, as priority inheritance makes no sense for an
-	interrupts, only tasks. */
-	configASSERT( !( ( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) && ( pxQueue->pxMutexHolder != NULL ) ) );
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-		/* When the queue is used to implement a semaphore no data is ever
-		moved through the queue but it is still valid to see if the queue 'has
-		space'. */
-		if( uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-		{
-			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it is a mutex
-			holder - and if there is a mutex holder then the mutex cannot be
-			given from an ISR.  As this is the ISR version of the function it
-			can be assumed there is no mutex holder and no need to determine if
-			priority disinheritance is needed.  Simply increase the count of
-			messages (semaphores) available. */
-			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + 1;
-
-			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
-			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
-			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-					{
-						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The semaphore is a member of a queue set, and
-							posting	to the queue set caused a higher priority
-							task to	unblock.  A context switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-						{
-							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
-								record that a context switch is required. */
-								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-								{
-									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-								}
-								else
-								{
-									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-								}
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-				}
-				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-				{
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-							context	switch is required. */
-							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-							{
-								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
-				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xJustPeeking )
-{
-BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
-TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-	{
-		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	/* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
-	statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
-	of execution time efficiency. */
-
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
-			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
-			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Remember the read position in case the queue is only being
-				peeked. */
-				pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom;
-
-				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-
-				if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-
-					/* Actually removing data, not just peeking. */
-					pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - 1;
-
-					#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-					{
-						if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-						{
-							/* Record the information required to implement
-							priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
-							pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = ( int8_t * ) pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount(); /*lint !e961 Cast is not redundant as TaskHandle_t is a typedef. */
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
-
-					/* The data is not being removed, so reset the read
-					pointer. */
-					pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
-
-					/* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
-					any other tasks waiting for the data. */
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
-							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-				return pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
-					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-				}
-				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
-					configure the timeout structure. */
-					vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Entry time was already set. */
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-		now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-
-				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-				{
-					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-					{
-						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-						{
-							vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
-						}
-						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Try again. */
-				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
-		if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			const int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - 1;
-
-			/* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified.
-			Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-			will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was
-			locked. */
-			if( cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
-						force a context switch. */
-						if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-						{
-							*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-				knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
-				pxQueue->cRxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cRxLock + 1 );
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,  void * const pvBuffer )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize != 0 ); /* Can't peek a semaphore. */
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-			/* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is
-			actually being removed from the queue. */
-			pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom;
-			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-			pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-		}
-	}
-	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xQueue );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-Queue_t *pxQueue;
-
-	pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		uxReturn = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xQueue );
-
-	uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-	return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-	configASSERT( pxQueue );
-	traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
-
-	#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-	{
-		vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-	{
-		/* The queue can only have been allocated dynamically - free it
-		again. */
-		vPortFree( pxQueue );
-	}
-	#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-	{
-		/* The queue could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
-		check before attempting to free the memory. */
-		if( pxQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-		{
-			vPortFree( pxQueue );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#else
-	{
-		/* The queue must have been statically allocated, so is not going to be
-		deleted.  Avoid compiler warnings about the unused parameter. */
-		( void ) pxQueue;
-	}
-	#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-	{
-		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber )
-	{
-		( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber = uxQueueNumber;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-	{
-		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-	/* This function is called from a critical section. */
-
-	uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-			{
-				/* The mutex is no longer being held. */
-				xReturn = xTaskPriorityDisinherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
-				pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-	}
-	else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-	{
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0. */
-		pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-		if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
-		{
-			pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-		pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-		if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
-		{
-			pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE )
-		{
-			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract
-				one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when
-				one is added again below the number of recorded items remains
-				correct. */
-				--uxMessagesWaiting;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-	pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + 1;
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer )
-{
-	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-		if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */
-		{
-			pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0. */
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue )
-{
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
-
-	/* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
-	removed from the queue while the queue was locked.  When a queue is
-	locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
-	updated. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-		/* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
-		while( cTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
-		{
-			/* Data was posted while the queue was locked.  Are any tasks
-			blocked waiting for data to become available? */
-			#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-			{
-				if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-				{
-					if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to
-						the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock.
-						A context switch is required. */
-						vTaskMissedYield();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get
-					added to the pending ready list as the scheduler is still
-					suspended. */
-					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-					{
-						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-						{
-							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-							context	switch is required. */
-							vTaskMissedYield();
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						break;
-					}
-				}
-			}
-			#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-			{
-				/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
-				the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that
-						a context switch is required. */
-						vTaskMissedYield();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-			--cTxLock;
-		}
-
-		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	/* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
-
-		while( cRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
-		{
-			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					vTaskMissedYield();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				--cRxLock;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t )  0 )
-		{
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xQueue );
-	if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
-		{
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xQueue );
-	if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting == ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxLength )
-	{
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-		/* If the queue is already full we may have to block.  A critical section
-		is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
-		between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
-				posting? */
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
-					return indicating that we need to block. */
-					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_FULL;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-			{
-				/* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
-				prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-				/* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
-					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
-					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
-					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
-						that a yield might be appropriate. */
-						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-		/* If the queue is already empty we may have to block.  A critical section
-		is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
-		between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
-				leave with nothing? */
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
-					indicating that we need to block. */
-					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-					return errQUEUE_FULL;
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-		{
-			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Data is available from the queue. */
-				pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-				if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
-				{
-					pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-				--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
-				( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-				/* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
-					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
-					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
-					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-		}
-		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
-	{
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-		/* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
-		exit without doing anything. */
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-		{
-			prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-
-			/* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
-			co-routine has not already been woken. */
-			if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						return pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, BaseType_t *pxCoRoutineWoken )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-		/* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
-		not then just leave without doing anything. */
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* Copy the data from the queue. */
-			pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-			if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
-			{
-				pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-			--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
-			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-
-			if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						*pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcQueueName ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	UBaseType_t ux;
-
-		/* See if there is an empty space in the registry.  A NULL name denotes
-		a free slot. */
-		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-		{
-			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
-			{
-				/* Store the information on this queue. */
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
-
-				traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName );
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	const char *pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	UBaseType_t ux;
-	const char *pcReturn = NULL; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-		/* Note there is nothing here to protect against another task adding or
-		removing entries from the registry while it is being searched. */
-		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-		{
-			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
-			{
-				pcReturn = xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName;
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		return pcReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-	void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t ux;
-
-		/* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
-		registry. */
-		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-		{
-			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
-			{
-				/* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
-
-				/* Set the handle to NULL to ensure the same queue handle cannot
-				appear in the registry twice if it is added, removed, then
-				added again. */
-				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = ( QueueHandle_t ) 0;
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-	} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-	void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
-	{
-	Queue_t * const pxQueue = ( Queue_t * ) xQueue;
-
-		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
-		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
-		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
-		It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
-		possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
-		so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
-		section. */
-
-		/* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue.  This function
-		will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
-		list.  It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
-		time a yield will be performed.  If an item is added to the queue while
-		the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
-		calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
-		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-		{
-			/* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
-			vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-		prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-	QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
-	{
-	QueueSetHandle_t pxQueue;
-
-		pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, sizeof( Queue_t * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET );
-
-		return pxQueue;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-			else if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already
-				items in the queue/semaphore. */
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet;
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-	Queue_t * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore;
-
-		if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet )
-		{
-			/* The queue was not a member of the set. */
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-		else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is
-			not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for
-			the queue. */
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				/* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */
-				pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, TickType_t const xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
-
-		( void ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xTicksToWait, pdFALSE ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-	{
-	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
-
-		( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-	{
-	Queue_t *pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-		/* This function must be called form a critical section. */
-
-		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer );
-		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength );
-
-		if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength )
-		{
-			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock;
-
-			traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer );
-
-			/* The data copied is the handle of the queue that contains data. */
-			xReturn = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The task waiting has a higher priority. */
-						xReturn = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+	#include "croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+
+/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
+#define queueUNLOCKED					( ( int8_t ) -1 )
+#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED			( ( int8_t ) 0 )
+
+/* When the Queue_t structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and
+pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area.  When the
+Queue_t structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are
+not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the
+structure instead holds a pointer to the mutex holder (if any).  Map alternative
+names to the pcHead and structure member to ensure the readability of the code
+is maintained.  The QueuePointers_t and SemaphoreData_t types are used to form
+a union as their usage is mutually exclusive dependent on what the queue is
+being used for. */
+#define uxQueueType						pcHead
+#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX				NULL
+
+typedef struct QueuePointers
+{
+	int8_t *pcTail;					/*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area.  Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
+	int8_t *pcReadFrom;				/*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */
+} QueuePointers_t;
+
+typedef struct SemaphoreData
+{
+	TaskHandle_t xMutexHolder;		 /*< The handle of the task that holds the mutex. */
+	UBaseType_t uxRecursiveCallCount;/*< Maintains a count of the number of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */
+} SemaphoreData_t;
+
+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
+zero. */
+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME		 ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+
+#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not reference.  See the following link for the
+ * rationale: https://www.freertos.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	int8_t *pcHead;					/*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
+	int8_t *pcWriteTo;				/*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
+
+	union
+	{
+		QueuePointers_t xQueue;		/*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a queue. */
+		SemaphoreData_t xSemaphore; /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a semaphore. */
+	} u;
+
+	List_t xTasksWaitingToSend;		/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+	List_t xTasksWaitingToReceive;	/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+
+	volatile UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
+	UBaseType_t uxLength;			/*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
+	UBaseType_t uxItemSize;			/*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
+
+	volatile int8_t cRxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+	volatile int8_t cTxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated;	/*< Set to pdTRUE if the memory used by the queue was statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+		struct QueueDefinition *pxQueueSetContainer;
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber;
+		uint8_t ucQueueType;
+	#endif
+
+} xQUEUE;
+
+/* The old xQUEUE name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Queue_t
+name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
+ * queue structures.  It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
+ */
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	/* The type stored within the queue registry array.  This allows a name
+	to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
+	more user friendly. */
+	typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
+	{
+		const char *pcQueueName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+		QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+	} xQueueRegistryItem;
+
+	/* The old xQueueRegistryItem name is maintained above then typedefed to the
+	new xQueueRegistryItem name below to enable the use of older kernel aware
+	debuggers. */
+	typedef xQueueRegistryItem QueueRegistryItem_t;
+
+	/* The queue registry is simply an array of QueueRegistryItem_t structures.
+	The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
+	array position being vacant. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA QueueRegistryItem_t xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+
+/*
+ * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue.  Locking a queue does not
+ * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
+ * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists.  If an ISR finds a
+ * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
+ * to indicate that a task may require unblocking.  When the queue in unlocked
+ * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
+ */
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
+ * back of the queue.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item out of a queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+	/*
+	 * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies
+	 * the queue set that the queue contains data.
+	 */
+	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Queue_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Mutexes are a special type of queue.  When a mutex is created, first the
+ * queue is created, then prvInitialiseMutex() is called to configure the queue
+ * as a mutex.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	/*
+	 * If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+	 * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+	 * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+	 * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  This function returns
+	 * that priority.
+	 */
+	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro to mark a queue as locked.  Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
+ * accessing the queue event lists.
+ */
+#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue )								\
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();									\
+	{														\
+		if( ( pxQueue )->cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
+		{													\
+			( pxQueue )->cRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
+		}													\
+		if( ( pxQueue )->cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
+		{													\
+			( pxQueue )->cTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
+		}													\
+	}														\
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue )
+{
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+		pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+		pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+		if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then
+			the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue
+			will still be empty.  If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to
+			the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits
+			it will be possible to write to it. */
+			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */
+			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	/* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous
+	versions. */
+	return pdPASS;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
+
+		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
+
+		/* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
+		supplied. */
+		configASSERT( pxStaticQueue != NULL );
+
+		/* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
+		should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
+		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) );
+		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticQueue_t or StaticSemaphore_t equals the size of
+			the real queue and semaphore structures. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticQueue_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Queue_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* The address of a statically allocated queue was passed in, use it.
+		The address of a statically allocated storage area was also passed in
+		but is already set. */
+		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pxStaticQueue; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Queues can be allocated wither statically or dynamically, so
+				note this queue was allocated statically in case the queue is
+				later deleted. */
+				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
+	size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
+	uint8_t *pucQueueStorage;
+
+		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
+
+		if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* There is not going to be a queue storage area. */
+			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Allocate enough space to hold the maximum number of items that
+			can be in the queue at any time. */
+			xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+		}
+
+		/* Allocate the queue and storage area.  Justification for MISRA
+		deviation as follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory
+		blocks are aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
+		pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
+		alignment requirements of the Queue_t structure - which in this case
+		is an int8_t *.  Therefore, whenever the stack alignment requirements
+		are greater than or equal to the pointer to char requirements the cast
+		is safe.  In other cases alignment requirements are not strict (one or
+		two bytes). */
+		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Queue_t ) + xQueueSizeInBytes ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
+
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Jump past the queue structure to find the location of the queue
+			storage area. */
+			pucQueueStorage = ( uint8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+			pucQueueStorage += sizeof( Queue_t ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Queues can be created either statically or dynamically, so
+				note this task was created dynamically in case it is later
+				deleted. */
+				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
+{
+	/* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should
+	configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */
+	( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+	if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* No RAM was allocated for the queue storage area, but PC head cannot
+		be set to NULL because NULL is used as a key to say the queue is used as
+		a mutex.  Therefore just set pcHead to point to the queue as a benign
+		value that is known to be within the memory map. */
+		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Set the head to the start of the queue storage area. */
+		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pucQueueStorage;
+	}
+
+	/* Initialise the queue members as described where the queue type is
+	defined. */
+	pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
+	pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
+	( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE );
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+	#if( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+	traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
+	{
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			/* The queue create function will set all the queue structure members
+			correctly for a generic queue, but this function is creating a
+			mutex.  Overwrite those members that need to be set differently -
+			in particular the information required for priority inheritance. */
+			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+			pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
+
+			/* In case this is a recursive mutex. */
+			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount = 0;
+
+			traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
+
+			/* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
+			( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( TickType_t ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
+		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+		return xNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+		/* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if
+		configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */
+		( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
+		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+		return xNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore;
+
+		/* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not
+		be called directly.  Note:  This is a good way of determining if the
+		calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the
+		identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the
+		following critical section exiting and the function returning. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pxSemaphore->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+			{
+				pxReturn = pxSemaphore->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxReturn = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( xSemaphore );
+
+		/* Mutexes cannot be used in interrupt service routines, so the mutex
+		holder should not change in an ISR, and therefore a critical section is
+		not required here. */
+		if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+		{
+			pxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+		configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+		/* If this is the task that holds the mutex then xMutexHolder will not
+		change outside of this task.  If this task does not hold the mutex then
+		pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
+		this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
+		pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task.  Therefore no
+		mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
+		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+		{
+			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+			/* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if xMutexHolder is equal to
+			the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required.  Also,
+			uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
+			there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
+			uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
+			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
+
+			/* Has the recursive call count unwound to 0? */
+			if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Return the mutex.  This will automatically unblock any other
+				task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
+				( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The mutex cannot be given because the calling task is not the
+			holder. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+		configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+		/* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
+		xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
+
+		traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+		{
+			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xQueueSemaphoreTake( pxMutex, xTicksToWait );
+
+			/* pdPASS will only be returned if the mutex was successfully
+			obtained.  The calling task may have entered the Blocked state
+			before reaching here. */
+			if( xReturn != pdFAIL )
+			{
+				( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+
+		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
+		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
+
+		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+		if( xHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return xHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+
+		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
+		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
+
+		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+		if( xHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return xHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE, xYieldRequired;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Is there room on the queue now?  The running task must be the
+			highest priority task wanting to access the queue.  If the head item
+			in the queue is to be overwritten then it does not matter if the
+			queue is full. */
+			if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+				UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
+						{
+							/* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
+							was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
+							in the queue has not changed. */
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+						else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+							unblock. A context switch is required. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+						queue then unblock it now. */
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+								our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to
+								do this from within the critical section - the
+								kernel takes care of that. */
+								queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* This path is a special case that will only get
+							executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes
+							and the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+							different to that in which they were taken. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+					/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+					queue then unblock it now. */
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+							our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to do
+							this from within the critical section - the kernel
+							takes care of that. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* This path is a special case that will only get
+						executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes and
+						the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+						different to that in which they were taken. */
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+					/* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
+					the function. */
+					traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+
+				/* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
+				event list.  It is possible that interrupts occurring now
+				remove this task from the event list again - but as the
+				scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
+				ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+				/* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
+				ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
+				task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
+				case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
+				is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Try again. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The timeout has expired. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			return errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except without blocking if there is no room
+	in the queue.  Also don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+	post). */
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* Semaphores use xQueueGiveFromISR(), so pxQueue will not be a
+			semaphore or mutex.  That means prvCopyDataToQueue() cannot result
+			in a task disinheriting a priority and prvCopyDataToQueue() can be
+			called here even though the disinherit function does not check if
+			the scheduler is suspended before accessing the ready lists. */
+			( void ) prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+							unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+								record that a context switch is required. */
+								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+								{
+									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+								}
+								else
+								{
+									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+								}
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSendFromISR() but used with semaphores where the
+	item size is 0.  Don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+	post). */
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	/* xQueueGenericSendFromISR() should be used instead of xQueueGiveFromISR()
+	if the item size is not 0. */
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+	/* Normally a mutex would not be given from an interrupt, especially if
+	there is a mutex holder, as priority inheritance makes no sense for an
+	interrupts, only tasks. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) && ( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder != NULL ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+		/* When the queue is used to implement a semaphore no data is ever
+		moved through the queue but it is still valid to see if the queue 'has
+		space'. */
+		if( uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it is a mutex
+			holder - and if there is a mutex holder then the mutex cannot be
+			given from an ISR.  As this is the ISR version of the function it
+			can be assumed there is no mutex holder and no need to determine if
+			priority disinheritance is needed.  Simply increase the count of
+			messages (semaphores) available. */
+			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The semaphore is a member of a queue set, and
+							posting	to the queue set caused a higher priority
+							task to	unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+								record that a context switch is required. */
+								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+								{
+									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+								}
+								else
+								{
+									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+								}
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Data available, remove one item. */
+				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+				/* There is now space in the queue, were any tasks waiting to
+				post to the queue?  If so, unblock the highest priority waiting
+				task. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The timeout has not expired.  If the queue is still empty place
+			the task on the list of tasks waiting to receive from the queue. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The queue contains data again.  Loop back to try and read the
+				data. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Timed out.  If there is no data in the queue exit, otherwise loop
+			back and attempt to read the data. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xInheritanceOccurred = pdFALSE;
+#endif
+
+	/* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* Check this really is a semaphore, in which case the item size will be
+	0. */
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+	statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
+	of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Semaphores are queues with an item size of 0, and where the
+			number of messages in the queue is the semaphore's count value. */
+			const UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreCount = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxSemaphoreCount > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+				/* Semaphores are queues with a data size of zero and where the
+				messages waiting is the semaphore's count.  Reduce the count. */
+				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxSemaphoreCount - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+					{
+						/* Record the information required to implement
+						priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+						pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+				/* Check to see if other tasks are blocked waiting to give the
+				semaphore, and if so, unblock the highest priority such task. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* For inheritance to have occurred there must have been an
+					initial timeout, and an adjusted timeout cannot become 0, as
+					if it were 0 the function would have exited. */
+					#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+					{
+						configASSERT( xInheritanceOccurred == pdFALSE );
+					}
+					#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+					/* The semaphore count was 0 and no block time is specified
+					(or the block time has expired) so exit now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The semaphore count was 0 and a block time was specified
+					so configure the timeout structure ready to block. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can give to and take from the semaphore
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A block time is specified and not expired.  If the semaphore
+			count is 0 then enter the Blocked state to wait for a semaphore to
+			become available.  As semaphores are implemented with queues the
+			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+					{
+						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+						{
+							xInheritanceOccurred = xTaskPriorityInherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+						}
+						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* There was no timeout and the semaphore count was not 0, so
+				attempt to take the semaphore again. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Timed out. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			/* If the semaphore count is 0 exit now as the timeout has
+			expired.  Otherwise return to attempt to take the semaphore that is
+			known to be available.  As semaphores are implemented by queues the
+			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					/* xInheritanceOccurred could only have be set if
+					pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX so no need to
+					test the mutex type again to check it is actually a mutex. */
+					if( xInheritanceOccurred != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+						{
+							UBaseType_t uxHighestWaitingPriority;
+
+							/* This task blocking on the mutex caused another
+							task to inherit this task's priority.  Now this task
+							has timed out the priority should be disinherited
+							again, but only as low as the next highest priority
+							task that is waiting for the same mutex. */
+							uxHighestWaitingPriority = prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( pxQueue );
+							vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder, uxHighestWaitingPriority );
+						}
+						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Remember the read position so it can be reset after the data
+				is read from the queue as this function is only peeking the
+				data, not removing it. */
+				pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+
+				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+				traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+				/* The data is not being removed, so reset the read pointer. */
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+				/* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+				any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure ready to enter the blocked
+					state. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Timeout has not expired yet, check to see if there is data in the
+			queue now, and if not enter the Blocked state to wait for data. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* There is data in the queue now, so don't enter the blocked
+				state, instead return to try and obtain the data. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The timeout has expired.  If there is still no data in the queue
+			exit, otherwise go back and try to read the data again. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+		if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			const int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+			/* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified.
+			Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+			will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was
+			locked. */
+			if( cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
+						force a context switch. */
+						if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+						{
+							*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cRxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cRxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,  void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize != 0 ); /* Can't peek a semaphore. */
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is
+			actually being removed from the queue. */
+			pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxReturn = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
+
+	#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+	{
+		vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+	{
+		/* The queue can only have been allocated dynamically - free it
+		again. */
+		vPortFree( pxQueue );
+	}
+	#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+	{
+		/* The queue could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+		check before attempting to free the memory. */
+		if( pxQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+		{
+			vPortFree( pxQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* The queue must have been statically allocated, so is not going to be
+		deleted.  Avoid compiler warnings about the unused parameter. */
+		( void ) pxQueue;
+	}
+	#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber )
+	{
+		( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber = uxQueueNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+
+		/* If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+		priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+		disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+		other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  For this purpose,
+		return the priority of the highest priority task that is waiting for the
+		mutex. */
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) > 0U )
+		{
+			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+		}
+
+		return uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	/* This function is called from a critical section. */
+
+	uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+			{
+				/* The mutex is no longer being held. */
+				xReturn = xTaskPriorityDisinherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+				pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+	}
+	else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+	{
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+		pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+		if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e9087 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes.  Assert checks null pointer only used when length is 0. */
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE )
+		{
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract
+				one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when
+				one is added again below the number of recorded items remains
+				correct. */
+				--uxMessagesWaiting;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+{
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+	/* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
+	removed from the queue while the queue was locked.  When a queue is
+	locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
+	updated. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+		/* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
+		while( cTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+		{
+			/* Data was posted while the queue was locked.  Are any tasks
+			blocked waiting for data to become available? */
+			#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+				{
+					if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to
+						the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock.
+						A context switch is required. */
+						vTaskMissedYield();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get
+					added to the pending ready list as the scheduler is still
+					suspended. */
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							vTaskMissedYield();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			{
+				/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+				the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that
+						a context switch is required. */
+						vTaskMissedYield();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+			--cTxLock;
+		}
+
+		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	/* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+		while( cRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+		{
+			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					vTaskMissedYield();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				--cRxLock;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t )  0 )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* If the queue is already full we may have to block.  A critical section
+		is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
+		between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
+				posting? */
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
+					return indicating that we need to block. */
+					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+			{
+				/* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
+				prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
+						that a yield might be appropriate. */
+						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* If the queue is already empty we may have to block.  A critical section
+		is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
+		between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
+				leave with nothing? */
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
+					indicating that we need to block. */
+					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Data is available from the queue. */
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+				if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+				{
+					pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+				--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+				( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+	{
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
+		exit without doing anything. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+			/* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
+			co-routine has not already been woken. */
+			if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						return pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, BaseType_t *pxCoRoutineWoken )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
+		not then just leave without doing anything. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* Copy the data from the queue. */
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+			if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+			{
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+			--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+			if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						*pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcQueueName ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+
+		/* See if there is an empty space in the registry.  A NULL name denotes
+		a free slot. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
+			{
+				/* Store the information on this queue. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
+
+				traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName );
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	const char *pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+	const char *pcReturn = NULL; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+		/* Note there is nothing here to protect against another task adding or
+		removing entries from the registry while it is being searched. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+			{
+				pcReturn = xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName;
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		return pcReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueue cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+
+		/* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
+		registry. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+			{
+				/* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
+
+				/* Set the handle to NULL to ensure the same queue handle cannot
+				appear in the registry twice if it is added, removed, then
+				added again. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = ( QueueHandle_t ) 0;
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+	void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+	{
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
+		It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
+		possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
+		so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
+		section. */
+
+		/* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue.  This function
+		will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
+		list.  It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
+		time a yield will be performed.  If an item is added to the queue while
+		the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
+		calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			/* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
+			vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+		prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
+	{
+	QueueSetHandle_t pxQueue;
+
+		pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( Queue_t * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET );
+
+		return pxQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+			else if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already
+				items in the queue/semaphore. */
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet;
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore;
+
+		if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet )
+		{
+			/* The queue was not a member of the set. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+		else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is
+			not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for
+			the queue. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				/* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */
+				pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, TickType_t const xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+		( void ) xQueueReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xTicksToWait ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+		( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* This function must be called form a critical section. */
+
+		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer );
+		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength );
+
+		if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer );
+
+			/* The data copied is the handle of the queue that contains data. */
+			xReturn = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority. */
+						xReturn = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/readme.txt b/freertos/src/readme.txt
index 58480c5..81518ec 100644
--- a/freertos/src/readme.txt
+++ b/freertos/src/readme.txt
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
-components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are 
-specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
-
-+ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to 
-every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c.  The kernel is contained within these 
-three files.  croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
-is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
-
-+ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to 
-a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
-
-+ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header 
-files.
-
-See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more 
+Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
+components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are 
+specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to 
+every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c.  The kernel is contained within these 
+three files.  croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
+is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to 
+a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header 
+files.
+
+See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more 
 information.
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/freertos/src/stream_buffer.c b/freertos/src/stream_buffer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c80df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/freertos/src/stream_buffer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1263 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "stream_buffer.h"
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS != 1 )
+	#error configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be set to 1 to build stream_buffer.c
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e961, e9021 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/* If the user has not provided application specific Rx notification macros,
+or #defined the notification macros away, them provide default implementations
+that uses task notifications. */
+/*lint -save -e9026 Function like macros allowed and needed here so they can be overidden. */
+#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED
+	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )										\
+		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,			\
+									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
+									  eNoAction );										\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED */
+
+#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR
+	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer,								\
+										  pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )					\
+	{																					\
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
+																						\
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,	\
+											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
+											 eNoAction,									\
+											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
+	}
+#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR */
+
+/* If the user has not provided an application specific Tx notification macro,
+or #defined the notification macro away, them provide a default implementation
+that uses task notifications. */
+#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETED
+	#define sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )											\
+		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,		\
+									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
+									  eNoAction );										\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETED */
+
+#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR
+	#define sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )		\
+	{																					\
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
+																						\
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,	\
+											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
+											 eNoAction,									\
+											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
+	}
+#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR */
+/*lint -restore (9026) */
+
+/* The number of bytes used to hold the length of a message in the buffer. */
+#define sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH ( sizeof( configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE ) )
+
+/* Bits stored in the ucFlags field of the stream buffer. */
+#define sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER		( ( uint8_t ) 1 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created as a message buffer, in which case it holds discrete messages rather than a stream. */
+#define sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ( ( uint8_t ) 2 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created using statically allocated memory. */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Structure that hold state information on the buffer. */
+typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t /*lint !e9058 Style convention uses tag. */
+{
+	volatile size_t xTail;				/* Index to the next item to read within the buffer. */
+	volatile size_t xHead;				/* Index to the next item to write within the buffer. */
+	size_t xLength;						/* The length of the buffer pointed to by pucBuffer. */
+	size_t xTriggerLevelBytes;			/* The number of bytes that must be in the stream buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
+	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToReceive; /* Holds the handle of a task waiting for data, or NULL if no tasks are waiting. */
+	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToSend;	/* Holds the handle of a task waiting to send data to a message buffer that is full. */
+	uint8_t *pucBuffer;					/* Points to the buffer itself - that is - the RAM that stores the data passed through the buffer. */
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;		/* Used for tracing purposes. */
+	#endif
+} StreamBuffer_t;
+
+/*
+ * The number of bytes available to be read from the buffer.
+ */
+static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Add xCount bytes from pucData into the pxStreamBuffer message buffer.
+ * Returns the number of bytes written, which will either equal xCount in the
+ * success case, or 0 if there was not enough space in the buffer (in which case
+ * no data is written into the buffer).
+ */
+static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then reads an entire
+ * message out of the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
+ * buffer then read as many bytes as possible from the buffer.
+ * prvReadBytesFromBuffer() is called to actually extract the bytes from the
+ * buffer's data storage area.
+ */
+static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+										void *pvRxData,
+										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+										size_t xBytesAvailable,
+										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then writes an entire
+ * message to the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
+ * buffer then write as many bytes as possible to the buffer.
+ * prvWriteBytestoBuffer() is called to actually send the bytes to the buffer's
+ * data storage area.
+ */
+static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer(  StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										const void * pvTxData,
+										size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+										size_t xSpace,
+										size_t xRequiredSpace ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Read xMaxCount bytes from the pxStreamBuffer message buffer and write them
+ * to pucData.
+ */
+static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+									  uint8_t *pucData,
+									  size_t xMaxCount,
+									  size_t xBytesAvailable ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by both pxStreamBufferCreate() and pxStreamBufferCreateStatic() to
+ * initialise the members of the newly created stream buffer structure.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
+										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  uint8_t ucFlags ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer )
+	{
+	uint8_t *pucAllocatedMemory;
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
+		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
+		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
+		to hold at least one message. */
+		if( xIsMessageBuffer == pdTRUE )
+		{
+			/* Is a message buffer but not statically allocated. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER;
+			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Not a message buffer and not statically allocated. */
+			ucFlags = 0;
+			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > 0 );
+		}
+		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
+
+		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
+		the buffer was empty. */
+		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
+		}
+
+		/* A stream buffer requires a StreamBuffer_t structure and a buffer.
+		Both are allocated in a single call to pvPortMalloc().  The
+		StreamBuffer_t structure is placed at the start of the allocated memory
+		and the buffer follows immediately after.  The requested size is
+		incremented so the free space is returned as the user would expect -
+		this is a quirk of the implementation that means otherwise the free
+		space would be reported as one byte smaller than would be logically
+		expected. */
+		xBufferSizeBytes++;
+		pucAllocatedMemory = ( uint8_t * ) pvPortMalloc( xBufferSizeBytes + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 malloc() only returns void*. */
+
+		if( pucAllocatedMemory != NULL )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory, /* Structure at the start of the allocated memory. */ /*lint !e9087 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */ /*lint !e826 Area is not too small and alignment is guaranteed provided malloc() behaves as expected and returns aligned buffer. */
+										   pucAllocatedMemory + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ),  /* Storage area follows. */ /*lint !e9016 Indexing past structure valid for uint8_t pointer, also storage area has no alignment requirement. */
+										   xBufferSizeBytes,
+										   xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										   ucFlags );
+
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( ( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory ), xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+
+		return ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pucAllocatedMemory; /*lint !e9087 !e826 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+														   size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+														   BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
+														   uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+														   StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer )
+	{
+	StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Safe cast as StaticStreamBuffer_t is opaque Streambuffer_t. */
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xReturn;
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+		configASSERT( pucStreamBufferStorageArea );
+		configASSERT( pxStaticStreamBuffer );
+		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
+
+		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
+		the buffer was empty. */
+		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
+		}
+
+		if( xIsMessageBuffer != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Statically allocated message buffer. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER | sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Statically allocated stream buffer. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+		}
+
+		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
+		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
+		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
+		to hold at least one message. */
+		configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticStreamBuffer_t equals the size of the real
+			message buffer structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticStreamBuffer_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
+		} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced is configASSERT() is defined. */
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		if( ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea != NULL ) && ( pxStaticStreamBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
+										  pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+										  xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  ucFlags );
+
+			/* Remember this was statically allocated in case it is ever deleted
+			again. */
+			pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags |= sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer );
+
+			xReturn = ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e9087 Data hiding requires cast to opaque type. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = NULL;
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer );
+
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Both the structure and the buffer were allocated using a single call
+			to pvPortMalloc(), hence only one call to vPortFree() is required. */
+			vPortFree( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer ); /*lint !e9087 Standard free() semantics require void *, plus pxStreamBuffer was allocated by pvPortMalloc(). */
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			/* Should not be possible to get here, ucFlags must be corrupt.
+			Force an assert. */
+			configASSERT( xStreamBuffer == ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) ~0 );
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The structure and buffer were not allocated dynamically and cannot be
+		freed - just scrub the structure so future use will assert. */
+		( void ) memset( pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;
+#endif
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Store the stream buffer number so it can be restored after the
+		reset. */
+		uxStreamBufferNumber = pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Can only reset a message buffer if there are no tasks blocked on it. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL )
+		{
+			if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL )
+			{
+				prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->xLength,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+				{
+					pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* It is not valid for the trigger level to be 0. */
+	if( xTriggerLevel == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xTriggerLevel = ( size_t ) 1;
+	}
+
+	/* The trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the stream
+	buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
+	if( xTriggerLevel <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevel;
+		xReturn = pdPASS;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xSpace;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	xSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+	xSpace -= ( size_t ) 1;
+
+	if( xSpace >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xSpace;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	xReturn = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+						  const void *pvTxData,
+						  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+						  TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xSpace = 0;
+size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+
+	configASSERT( pvTxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
+	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
+	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+
+		/* Overflow? */
+		configASSERT( xRequiredSpace > xDataLengthBytes );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+
+		do
+		{
+			/* Wait until the required number of bytes are free in the message
+			buffer. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+				if( xSpace < xRequiredSpace )
+				{
+					/* Clear notification state as going to wait for space. */
+					( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
+
+					/* Should only be one writer. */
+					configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL );
+					pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer );
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
+
+		} while( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
+
+	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
+		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
+		{
+			sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+								 const void *pvTxData,
+								 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+								 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xSpace;
+size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
+
+	configASSERT( pvTxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
+	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
+	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
+
+	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
+		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
+		{
+			sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+									   const void * pvTxData,
+									   size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+									   size_t xSpace,
+									   size_t xRequiredSpace )
+{
+	BaseType_t xShouldWrite;
+	size_t xReturn;
+
+	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Doesn't matter if this is a stream buffer or a message buffer, there
+		is no space to write. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	else if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* This is a stream buffer, as opposed to a message buffer, so writing a
+		stream of bytes rather than discrete messages.  Write as many bytes as
+		possible. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
+		xDataLengthBytes = configMIN( xDataLengthBytes, xSpace );
+	}
+	else if( xSpace >= xRequiredSpace )
+	{
+		/* This is a message buffer, as opposed to a stream buffer, and there
+		is enough space to write both the message length and the message itself
+		into the buffer.  Start by writing the length of the data, the data
+		itself will be written later in this function. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
+		( void ) prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) &( xDataLengthBytes ), sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* There is space available, but not enough space. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	if( xShouldWrite != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Writes the data itself. */
+		xReturn = prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes ); /*lint !e9079 Storage buffer is implemented as uint8_t for ease of sizing, alighment and access. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = 0;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+							 void *pvRxData,
+							 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+							 TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+	configASSERT( pvRxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
+	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
+	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Checking if there is data and clearing the notification state must be
+		performed atomically. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+			/* If this function was invoked by a message buffer read then
+			xBytesToStoreMessageLength holds the number of bytes used to hold
+			the length of the next discrete message.  If this function was
+			invoked by a stream buffer read then xBytesToStoreMessageLength will
+			be 0. */
+			if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+			{
+				/* Clear notification state as going to wait for data. */
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
+
+				/* Should only be one reader. */
+				configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL );
+				pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+		{
+			/* Wait for data to be available. */
+			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer );
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
+
+			/* Recheck the data available after blocking. */
+			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+	}
+
+	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
+	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
+	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
+	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
+	read bytes from the buffer. */
+	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
+		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
+			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xBytesAvailable, xOriginalTail;
+configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* Ensure the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+		if( xBytesAvailable > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH )
+		{
+			/* The number of bytes available is greater than the number of bytes
+			required to hold the length of the next message, so another message
+			is available.  Return its length without removing the length bytes
+			from the buffer.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
+			returned to its prior state as the message is not actually being
+			removed from the buffer. */
+			xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+			( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempReturn, sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, xBytesAvailable );
+			xReturn = ( size_t ) xTempReturn;
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The minimum amount of bytes in a message buffer is
+			( sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 1 ), so if xBytesAvailable is
+			less than sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH the only other valid
+			value is 0. */
+			configASSERT( xBytesAvailable == 0 );
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = 0;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+									void *pvRxData,
+									size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+									BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+	configASSERT( pvRxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
+	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
+	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
+	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
+	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
+	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
+	read bytes from the buffer. */
+	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
+		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+										void *pvRxData,
+										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+										size_t xBytesAvailable,
+										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+{
+size_t xOriginalTail, xReceivedLength, xNextMessageLength;
+configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempNextMessageLength;
+
+	if( xBytesToStoreMessageLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* A discrete message is being received.  First receive the length
+		of the message.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
+		returned to its prior state if the length of the message is too
+		large for the provided buffer. */
+		xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+		( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempNextMessageLength, xBytesToStoreMessageLength, xBytesAvailable );
+		xNextMessageLength = ( size_t ) xTempNextMessageLength;
+
+		/* Reduce the number of bytes available by the number of bytes just
+		read out. */
+		xBytesAvailable -= xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+		/* Check there is enough space in the buffer provided by the
+		user. */
+		if( xNextMessageLength > xBufferLengthBytes )
+		{
+			/* The user has provided insufficient space to read the message
+			so return the buffer to its previous state (so the length of
+			the message is in the buffer again). */
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
+			xNextMessageLength = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* A stream of bytes is being received (as opposed to a discrete
+		message), so read as many bytes as possible. */
+		xNextMessageLength = xBufferLengthBytes;
+	}
+
+	/* Read the actual data. */
+	xReceivedLength = prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) pvRxData, xNextMessageLength, xBytesAvailable ); /*lint !e9079 Data storage area is implemented as uint8_t array for ease of sizing, indexing and alignment. */
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+size_t xTail;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* True if no bytes are available. */
+	xTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	if( pxStreamBuffer->xHead == xTail )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This generic version of the receive function is used by both message
+	buffers, which store discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a
+	continuous stream of bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* True if the available space equals zero. */
+	if( xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xStreamBuffer ) <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,
+										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
+										 eNoAction,
+										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,
+										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
+										 eNoAction,
+										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount )
+{
+size_t xNextHead, xFirstLength;
+
+	configASSERT( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 );
+
+	xNextHead = pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+
+	/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be added in the first write -
+	which may be less than the total number of bytes that need to be added if
+	the buffer will wrap back to the beginning. */
+	xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextHead, xCount );
+
+	/* Write as many bytes as can be written in the first write. */
+	configASSERT( ( xNextHead + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+	( void ) memcpy( ( void* ) ( &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextHead ] ) ), ( const void * ) pucData, xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+
+	/* If the number of bytes written was less than the number that could be
+	written in the first write... */
+	if( xCount > xFirstLength )
+	{
+		/* ...then write the remaining bytes to the start of the buffer. */
+		configASSERT( ( xCount - xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer, ( const void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xNextHead += xCount;
+	if( xNextHead >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xNextHead -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxStreamBuffer->xHead = xNextHead;
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer, uint8_t *pucData, size_t xMaxCount, size_t xBytesAvailable )
+{
+size_t xCount, xFirstLength, xNextTail;
+
+	/* Use the minimum of the wanted bytes and the available bytes. */
+	xCount = configMIN( xBytesAvailable, xMaxCount );
+
+	if( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xNextTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+
+		/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be read - which may be
+		less than the number wanted if the data wraps around to the start of
+		the buffer. */
+		xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextTail, xCount );
+
+		/* Obtain the number of bytes it is possible to obtain in the first
+		read.  Asserts check bounds of read and write. */
+		configASSERT( xFirstLength <= xMaxCount );
+		configASSERT( ( xNextTail + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pucData, ( const void * ) &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextTail ] ), xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+
+		/* If the total number of wanted bytes is greater than the number
+		that could be read in the first read... */
+		if( xCount > xFirstLength )
+		{
+			/*...then read the remaining bytes from the start of the buffer. */
+			configASSERT( xCount <= xMaxCount );
+			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), ( void * ) ( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Move the tail pointer to effectively remove the data read from
+		the buffer. */
+		xNextTail += xCount;
+
+		if( xNextTail >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+		{
+			xNextTail -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+		}
+
+		pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xNextTail;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer )
+{
+/* Returns the distance between xTail and xHead. */
+size_t xCount;
+
+	xCount = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+	xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	if ( xCount >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
+										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  uint8_t ucFlags )
+{
+	/* Assert here is deliberately writing to the entire buffer to ensure it can
+	be written to without generating exceptions, and is setting the buffer to a
+	known value to assist in development/debugging. */
+	#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+	{
+		/* The value written just has to be identifiable when looking at the
+		memory.  Don't use 0xA5 as that is the stack fill value and could
+		result in confusion as to what is actually being observed. */
+		const BaseType_t xWriteValue = 0x55;
+		configASSERT( memset( pucBuffer, ( int ) xWriteValue, xBufferSizeBytes ) == pucBuffer );
+	} /*lint !e529 !e438 xWriteValue is only used if configASSERT() is defined. */
+	#endif
+
+	( void ) memset( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 memset() requires void *. */
+	pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer = pucBuffer;
+	pxStreamBuffer->xLength = xBufferSizeBytes;
+	pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevelBytes;
+	pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags = ucFlags;
+}
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+	{
+		return xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber )
+	{
+		xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+	{
+		return ( xStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
diff --git a/freertos/src/tasks.c b/freertos/src/tasks.c
index df0f346..43af330 100644
--- a/freertos/src/tasks.c
+++ b/freertos/src/tasks.c
@@ -1,4825 +1,5120 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-#include "StackMacros.h"
-
-/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
-MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
-header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
-privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
-
-/* Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 2 to include the stats formatting
-functions but without including stdio.h here. */
-#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 )
-	/* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used
-	to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the
-	uxTaskGetSystemState() function.  Note the formatting functions are provided
-	for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */
-	#include <stdio.h>
-#endif /* configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) */
-
-#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
-	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
-	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
-#else
-	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
-#endif
-
-/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
-#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION	( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION		( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
-#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
-
-/*
- * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created.  This
- * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
- */
-#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE	( 0xa5U )
-
-/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using
-dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known
-that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed.  Sometimes the
-FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically
-allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither
-the task's stack or TCB should be freed.  Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h
-settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically
-allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the
-stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is
-deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is
-made to free the RAM that was allocated statically.
-tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a
-task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM.  Note
-that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with
-a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB. */
-#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE ( ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) || ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) )
-#define tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB 		( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY 			( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
-#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
-
-/*
- * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
- */
-#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR		( 'B' )
-#define tskREADY_CHAR		( 'R' )
-#define tskDELETED_CHAR		( 'D' )
-#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR	( 'S' )
-
-/*
- * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to be
- * global, rather than file scope.
- */
-#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
-	#define static
-#endif
-
-#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
-
-	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is
-	performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular
-	microcontroller architecture. */
-
-	/* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready
-	state task. */
-	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
-	{																									\
-		if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority )														\
-		{																								\
-			uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority );														\
-		}																								\
-	} /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()															\
-	{																									\
-	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority = uxTopReadyPriority;														\
-																										\
-		/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */								\
-		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) )							\
-		{																								\
-			configASSERT( uxTopPriority );																\
-			--uxTopPriority;																			\
-		}																								\
-																										\
-		/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of						\
-		the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */									\
-		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );			\
-		uxTopReadyPriority = uxTopPriority;																\
-	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	/* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as
-	they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is
-	being used. */
-	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )
-	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
-
-#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
-
-	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is
-	performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller
-	architecture being used. */
-
-	/* A port optimised version is provided.  Call the port defined macros. */
-	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )	portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()														\
-	{																								\
-	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority;																		\
-																									\
-		/* Find the highest priority list that contains ready tasks. */								\
-		portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );								\
-		configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 );		\
-		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );		\
-	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */
-
-	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-	/* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset
-	is being referenced from a ready list.  If it is referenced from a delayed
-	or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */
-	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
-	{																									\
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )	\
-		{																								\
-			portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) );							\
-		}																								\
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick
-count overflows. */
-#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS()																	\
-{																									\
-	List_t *pxTemp;																					\
-																									\
-	/* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */						\
-	configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );										\
-																									\
-	pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;																		\
-	pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;													\
-	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;																\
-	xNumOfOverflows++;																				\
-	prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();																	\
-}
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for
- * the task.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
- */
-#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB )																\
-	traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB );														\
-	taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority );												\
-	vListInsertEnd( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) ); \
-	tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Several functions take an TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
- * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
- * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
- * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
- */
-#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB : ( TCB_t * ) ( pxHandle ) )
-
-/* The item value of the event list item is normally used to hold the priority
-of the task to which it belongs (coded to allow it to be held in reverse
-priority order).  However, it is occasionally borrowed for other purposes.  It
-is important its value is not updated due to a task priority change while it is
-being used for another purpose.  The following bit definition is used to inform
-the scheduler that the value should not be changed - in which case it is the
-responsibility of whichever module is using the value to ensure it gets set back
-to its original value when it is released. */
-#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
-	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x8000U
-#else
-	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x80000000UL
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
- * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
- * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
- */
-typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock
-{
-	volatile StackType_t	*pxTopOfStack;	/*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack.  THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
-
-	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-		xMPU_SETTINGS	xMPUSettings;		/*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer.  THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
-	#endif
-
-	ListItem_t			xStateListItem;	/*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */
-	ListItem_t			xEventListItem;		/*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */
-	UBaseType_t			uxPriority;			/*< The priority of the task.  0 is the lowest priority. */
-	StackType_t			*pxStack;			/*< Points to the start of the stack. */
-	char				pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created.  Facilitates debugging only. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-	#if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
-		StackType_t		*pxEndOfStack;		/*< Points to the highest valid address for the stack. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t		uxCriticalNesting;	/*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t		uxTCBNumber;		/*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created.  It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */
-		UBaseType_t		uxTaskNumber;		/*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t		uxBasePriority;		/*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
-		UBaseType_t		uxMutexesHeld;
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-		TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
-		void *pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-		uint32_t		ulRunTimeCounter;	/*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		/* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task.
-		Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
-		used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves.  FreeRTOS is not
-		responsible for resulting newlib operation.  User must be familiar with
-		newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
-		stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
-		implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks. */
-		struct	_reent xNewLib_reent;
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-		volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue;
-		volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState;
-	#endif
-
-	/* See the comments above the definition of
-	tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE. */
-	#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
-		uint8_t	ucStaticallyAllocated; 		/*< Set to pdTRUE if the task is a statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-	#endif
-
-	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-		uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
-	#endif
-
-} tskTCB;
-
-/* The old tskTCB name is maintained above then typedefed to the new TCB_t name
-below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
-
-/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which
-static variables must be declared volatile. */
-
-PRIVILEGED_DATA TCB_t * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
-
-/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------*/
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ];/*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList1;						/*< Delayed tasks. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList2;						/*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxDelayedTaskList;				/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;		/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xPendingReadyList;						/*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended.  They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */
-
-#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xTasksWaitingTermination;				/*< Tasks that have been deleted - but their memory not yet freed. */
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-
-#endif
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xSuspendedTaskList;					/*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
-
-#endif
-
-/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxCurrentNumberOfTasks 	= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xTickCount 				= ( TickType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxTopReadyPriority 		= tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning 		= pdFALSE;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxPendedTicks 			= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xYieldPending 			= pdFALSE;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xNumOfOverflows 			= ( BaseType_t ) 0;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber 					= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xNextTaskUnblockTime		= ( TickType_t ) 0U; /* Initialised to portMAX_DELAY before the scheduler starts. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xIdleTaskHandle					= NULL;			/*< Holds the handle of the idle task.  The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */
-
-/* Context switches are held pending while the scheduler is suspended.  Also,
-interrupts must not manipulate the xStateListItem of a TCB, or any of the
-lists the xStateListItem can be referenced from, if the scheduler is suspended.
-If an interrupt needs to unblock a task while the scheduler is suspended then it
-moves the task's event list item into the xPendingReadyList, ready for the
-kernel to move the task from the pending ready list into the real ready list
-when the scheduler is unsuspended.  The pending ready list itself can only be
-accessed from a critical section. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxSchedulerSuspended	= ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
-
-#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL;	/*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
-	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTotalRunTime = 0UL;		/*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */
-
-#endif
-
-/*lint +e956 */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
-#if(  configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 )
-	extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, char *pcTaskName );
-#endif
-
-#if( configUSE_TICK_HOOK > 0 )
-	extern void vApplicationTickHook( void );
-#endif
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	extern void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize );
-#endif
-
-/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
- * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
- * is in any other state.
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-/*
- * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
- * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
- * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
- * creation of the first user task.
- *
- * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
- * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
- *
- * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
- *
- */
-static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
-
-/*
- * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
- * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
- *
- * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
- * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Used only by the idle task.  This checks to see if anything has been placed
- * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted.  If so the task is cleaned up
- * and its TCB deleted.
- */
-static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state.  Add the task to
- * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
- */
-static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Fills an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each task that is
- * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list,
- * a suspended list, etc.).
- *
- * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
- * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
- */
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Searches pxList for a task with name pcNameToQuery - returning a handle to
- * the task if it is found, or NULL if the task is not found.
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
- * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
- * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
- */
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
-
-	static uint16_t prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will
- * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state.
- *
- * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
- * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user
- * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be
- * set to a value other than 1.
- */
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the time at which the next Blocked state task
- * will exit the Blocked state.
- */
-static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void );
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-	/*
-	 * Helper function used to pad task names with spaces when printing out
-	 * human readable tables of task information.
-	 */
-	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-									const char * const pcName,
-									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-									void * const pvParameters,
-									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
-									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-/*
- * Called after a new task has been created and initialised to place the task
- * under the control of the scheduler.
- */
-static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-									const char * const pcName,
-									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-									void * const pvParameters,
-									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-									StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
-									StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
-	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
-
-		configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
-		configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
-
-		if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
-		{
-			/* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
-			function - use them. */
-			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
-			pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
-
-			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
-			{
-				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
-				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, NULL );
-			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = NULL;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-
-		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer );
-
-		if( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
-			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
-			not static allocation is being used. */
-			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-
-			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-				pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
-
-				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note
-				this task had a statically allocated stack in case it is
-				later deleted.  The TCB was allocated dynamically. */
-				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY;
-
-				prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
-										pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
-										( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
-										pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
-										pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
-										pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
-										pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
-
-				prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskCreate(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-							const char * const pcName,
-							const uint16_t usStackDepth,
-							void * const pvParameters,
-							UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-							TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If the stack grows down then allocate the stack then the TCB so the stack
-		does not grow into the TCB.  Likewise if the stack grows up then allocate
-		the TCB then the stack. */
-		#if( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
-		{
-			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends on
-			the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or not static
-			allocation is being used. */
-			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-
-			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
-				The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
-				be deleted later if required. */
-				pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-				if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
-				{
-					/* Could not allocate the stack.  Delete the allocated TCB. */
-					vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
-					pxNewTCB = NULL;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-		{
-		StackType_t *pxStack;
-
-			/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
-			pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-			if( pxStack != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Allocate space for the TCB. */
-				pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some paths. */
-
-				if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-				{
-					/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-					pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created.  Free
-					it again. */
-					vPortFree( pxStack );
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				pxNewTCB = NULL;
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-
-		if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-		{
-			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
-			{
-				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-				task was created dynamically in case it is later deleted. */
-				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, NULL );
-			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-									const char * const pcName,
-									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-									void * const pvParameters,
-									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
-									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-{
-StackType_t *pxTopOfStack;
-UBaseType_t x;
-
-	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-		/* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
-		BaseType_t xRunPrivileged;
-		if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U )
-		{
-			xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
-		}
-		uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
-	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
-
-	/* Avoid dependency on memset() if it is not required. */
-	#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
-	{
-		/* Fill the stack with a known value to assist debugging. */
-		( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
-	}
-	#endif /* ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) ) */
-
-	/* Calculate the top of stack address.  This depends on whether the stack
-	grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or vice versa.
-	portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as required
-	by the port. */
-	#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
-	{
-		pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
-		pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ); /*lint !e923 MISRA exception.  Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical.  Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type. */
-
-		/* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
-		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
-		#if( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Also record the stack's high address, which may assist
-			debugging. */
-			pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxTopOfStack;
-		}
-		#endif /* configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS */
-	}
-	#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-	{
-		pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
-
-		/* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
-		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
-
-		/* The other extreme of the stack space is required if stack checking is
-		performed. */
-		pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
-	}
-	#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-
-	/* Store the task name in the TCB. */
-	for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ];
-
-		/* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than
-		configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the
-		string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */
-		if( pcName[ x ] == 0x00 )
-		{
-			break;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length
-	was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */
-	pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = '\0';
-
-	/* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large.  First
-	remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
-	if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-	{
-		uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	pxNewTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
-	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
-		pxNewTCB->uxMutexesHeld = 0;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	/* Set the pxNewTCB as a link back from the ListItem_t.  This is so we can get
-	back to	the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ), pxNewTCB );
-
-	/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), pxNewTCB );
-
-	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-	}
-	#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-
-	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-
-	#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
-	}
-	#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-	{
-		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxNewTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxNewTCB->pxStack, ulStackDepth );
-	}
-	#else
-	{
-		/* Avoid compiler warning about unreferenced parameter. */
-		( void ) xRegions;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-	{
-		for( x = 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS; x++ )
-		{
-			pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ x ] = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0;
-		pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-	{
-		/* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure. */
-		_REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxNewTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) );
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	/* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
-	but had been interrupted by the scheduler.  The return address is set
-	to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
-	the	top of stack variable is updated. */
-	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
-	}
-	#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-	{
-		pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
-	}
-	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-
-	if( ( void * ) pxCreatedTask != NULL )
-	{
-		/* Pass the handle out in an anonymous way.  The handle can be used to
-		change the created task's priority, delete the created task, etc.*/
-		*pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB )
-{
-	/* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while the lists are being
-	updated. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
-		if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
-		{
-			/* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
-			the suspended state - make this the current task. */
-			pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
-
-			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-			{
-				/* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
-				initialisation required.  We will not recover if this call
-				fails, but we will report the failure. */
-				prvInitialiseTaskLists();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
-			current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
-			so far. */
-			if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		uxTaskNumber++;
-
-		#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
-			pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-		traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
-
-		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-
-		portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB );
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
-		then it should run now. */
-		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
-		{
-			taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is
-			being deleted. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
-
-			/* Remove task from the ready list. */
-			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
-			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-			{
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Increment the uxTaskNumber also so kernel aware debuggers can
-			detect that the task lists need re-generating.  This is done before
-			portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as in the Windows port that macro will
-			not return. */
-			uxTaskNumber++;
-
-			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-			{
-				/* A task is deleting itself.  This cannot complete within the
-				task itself, as a context switch to another task is required.
-				Place the task in the termination list.  The idle task will
-				check the termination list and free up any memory allocated by
-				the scheduler for the TCB and stack of the deleted task. */
-				vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-				/* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
-				there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
-				check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
-				++uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
-
-				/* The pre-delete hook is primarily for the Windows simulator,
-				in which Windows specific clean up operations are performed,
-				after which it is not possible to yield away from this task -
-				hence xYieldPending is used to latch that a context switch is
-				required. */
-				portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pxTCB, &xYieldPending );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-				prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
-
-				/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to
-				the task that has just been deleted. */
-				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-			}
-
-			traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		/* Force a reschedule if it is the currently running task that has just
-		been deleted. */
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-			{
-				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
-	{
-	TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
-
-		configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
-		configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) );
-		configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
-			block. */
-			const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-
-			/* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
-			xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
-
-			if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
-			{
-				/* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
-				lasted called.  In this case the only time we should ever
-				actually delay is if the wake time has also	overflowed,
-				and the wake time is greater than the tick time.  When this
-				is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
-				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
-				{
-					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The tick time has not overflowed.  In this case we will
-				delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
-				tick time is less than the wake time. */
-				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
-				{
-					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-
-			/* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
-			*pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
-
-			if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( xTimeToWake );
-
-				/* prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() needs the block time, not
-				the time to wake, so subtract the current tick count. */
-				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake - xConstTickCount, pdFALSE );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
-		have put ourselves to sleep. */
-		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
-
-		/* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
-		if( xTicksToDelay > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-		{
-			configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-			vTaskSuspendAll();
-			{
-				traceTASK_DELAY();
-
-				/* A task that is removed from the event list while the
-				scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
-				list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
-				is resumed.
-
-				This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
-				executing task. */
-				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pdFALSE );
-			}
-			xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
-		have put ourselves to sleep. */
-		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) )
-
-	eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	eTaskState eReturn;
-	List_t *pxStateList;
-	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-
-		configASSERT( pxTCB );
-
-		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-		{
-			/* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */
-			eReturn = eRunning;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				pxStateList = ( List_t * ) listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-			if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedTaskList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) )
-			{
-				/* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked
-				lists. */
-				eReturn = eBlocked;
-			}
-
-			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-				else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList )
-				{
-					/* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended
-					list.  Is it genuinely suspended or is it block
-					indefinitely? */
-					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL )
-					{
-						eReturn = eSuspended;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						eReturn = eBlocked;
-					}
-				}
-			#endif
-
-			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-				else if( ( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) || ( pxStateList == NULL ) )
-				{
-					/* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted
-					tasks list, or it is not referenced from any lists at
-					all. */
-					eReturn = eDeleted;
-				}
-			#endif
-
-			else /*lint !e525 Negative indentation is intended to make use of pre-processor clearer. */
-			{
-				/* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the
-				Ready (including pending ready) state. */
-				eReturn = eReady;
-			}
-		}
-
-		return eReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the that
-			called uxTaskPriorityGet() that is being queried. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn, uxSavedInterruptState;
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		uxSavedInterruptState = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
-			task that is being queried. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptState );
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
-	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
-
-		configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
-
-		/* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
-		if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-		{
-			uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
-			task that is being changed. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-			traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority );
-
-			#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-			{
-				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-			}
-			#else
-			{
-				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority )
-			{
-				/* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
-				priority than the calling task. */
-				if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority )
-				{
-					if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB )
-					{
-						/* The priority of a task other than the currently
-						running task is being raised.  Is the priority being
-						raised above that of the running task? */
-						if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-						{
-							xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* The priority of the running task is being raised,
-						but the running task must already be the highest
-						priority task able to run so no yield is required. */
-					}
-				}
-				else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-				{
-					/* Setting the priority of the running task down means
-					there may now be another task of higher priority that
-					is ready to execute. */
-					xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Setting the priority of any other task down does not
-					require a yield as the running task must be above the
-					new priority of the task being modified. */
-				}
-
-				/* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from
-				before its uxPriority member is changed so the
-				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */
-				uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-
-				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
-					currently using an inherited priority. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* The base priority gets set whatever. */
-					pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
-				}
-				#else
-				{
-					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
-				being used for anything else. */
-				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-				{
-					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				/* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
-				nothing more than change it's priority variable. However, if
-				the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
-				in the list appropriate to its new priority. */
-				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before adding
-					it to it's new ready list.  As we are in a critical section we
-					can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
-					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-					{
-						/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
-						there is no need to check again and the port level
-						reset macro can be called directly. */
-						portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				/* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port
-				optimised task selection is not being used. */
-				( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is
-			being suspended. */
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
-
-			traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
-
-			/* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the
-			suspended list. */
-			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
-			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-			{
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to the
-			task that is now in the Suspended state. */
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-		{
-			if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The current task has just been suspended. */
-				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
-				to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
-				must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
-				if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
-				{
-					/* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
-					NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
-					be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
-					is. */
-					pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					vTaskSwitchContext();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-
-		/* Accesses xPendingReadyList so must be called from a critical
-		section. */
-
-		/* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
-		configASSERT( xTask );
-
-		/* Is the task being resumed actually in the suspended list? */
-		if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
-			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the	Suspended
-				state, or because is is blocked with no timeout? */
-				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					xReturn = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-	{
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTaskToResume;
-
-		/* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
-		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
-
-		/* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
-		currently executing task. */
-		if( ( pxTCB != NULL ) && ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) )
-		{
-			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			{
-				if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
-
-					/* As we are in a critical section we can access the ready
-					lists even if the scheduler is suspended. */
-					( void ) uxListRemove(  &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* We may have just resumed a higher priority task. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						/* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run,
-						but will leave the lists in the correct state for the
-						next yield. */
-						taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTaskToResume;
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
-
-				/* Check the ready lists can be accessed. */
-				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* Ready lists can be accessed so move the task from the
-					suspended list to the ready list directly. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed or ready lists cannot be accessed so the task
-					is held in the pending ready list until the scheduler is
-					unsuspended. */
-					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-		return xYieldRequired;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	/* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
-	#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-	{
-		StaticTask_t *pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
-		StackType_t *pxIdleTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
-		uint32_t ulIdleTaskStackSize;
-
-		/* The Idle task is created using user provided RAM - obtain the
-		address of the RAM then create the idle task. */
-		vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( &pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, &pxIdleTaskStackBuffer, &ulIdleTaskStackSize );
-		xIdleTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvIdleTask,
-												"IDLE",
-												ulIdleTaskStackSize,
-												( void * ) NULL,
-												( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),
-												pxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
-												pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
-
-		if( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL )
-		{
-			xReturn = pdPASS;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-	}
-	#else
-	{
-		/* The Idle task is being created using dynamically allocated RAM. */
-		xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvIdleTask,
-								"IDLE", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
-								( void * ) NULL,
-								( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),
-								&xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
-	}
-	#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-	#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-	{
-		if( xReturn == pdPASS )
-		{
-			xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-
-	if( xReturn == pdPASS )
-	{
-		/* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
-		before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler().  The stacks of
-		the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
-		so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
-		starts to run. */
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
-			structure specific to the task that will run first. */
-			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-
-		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
-		xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
-		xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
-
-		/* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
-		macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
-		the run time counter time base. */
-		portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
-
-		/* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
-		portable interface. */
-		if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
-			function will not return. */
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started,
-		because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task
-		or the timer task. */
-		configASSERT( xReturn != errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY );
-	}
-
-	/* Prevent compiler warnings if INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 0,
-	meaning xIdleTaskHandle is not used anywhere else. */
-	( void ) xIdleTaskHandle;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
-{
-	/* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
-	routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary.  The port
-	layer must ensure interrupts enable	bit is left in the correct state. */
-	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-	xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
-	vPortEndScheduler();
-}
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
-{
-	/* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
-	BaseType_t.  Please read Richard Barry's reply in the following link to a
-	post in the FreeRTOS support forum before reporting this as a bug! -
-	http://goo.gl/wu4acr */
-	++uxSchedulerSuspended;
-}
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void )
-	{
-	TickType_t xReturn;
-	UBaseType_t uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdFALSE;
-
-		/* uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks takes care of the case where
-		configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0, so there may be tasks above the idle priority
-		task that are in the Ready state, even though the idle task is
-		running. */
-		#if( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
-		{
-			if( uxTopReadyPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-			{
-				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
-			}
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			const UBaseType_t uxLeastSignificantBit = ( UBaseType_t ) 0x01;
-
-			/* When port optimised task selection is used the uxTopReadyPriority
-			variable is used as a bit map.  If bits other than the least
-			significant bit are set then there are tasks that have a priority
-			above the idle priority that are in the Ready state.  This takes
-			care of the case where the co-operative scheduler is in use. */
-			if( uxTopReadyPriority > uxLeastSignificantBit )
-			{
-				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
-			}
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-		{
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-		else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 )
-		{
-			/* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state.  If
-			time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be
-			processed. */
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-		else if( uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* There are tasks in the Ready state that have a priority above the
-			idle priority.  This path can only be reached if
-			configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0. */
-			xReturn = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
-{
-TCB_t *pxTCB = NULL;
-BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
-
-	/* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
-	previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
-	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
-
-	/* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
-	list while the scheduler was suspended.  If this was the case then the
-	removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList.  Once the
-	scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
-	tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		--uxSchedulerSuspended;
-
-		if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-			{
-				/* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
-				appropriate ready list. */
-				while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) );
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* If the moved task has a priority higher than the current
-					task then a yield must be performed. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-
-				if( pxTCB != NULL )
-				{
-					/* A task was unblocked while the scheduler was suspended,
-					which may have prevented the next unblock time from being
-					re-calculated, in which case re-calculate it now.  Mainly
-					important for low power tickless implementations, where
-					this can prevent an unnecessary exit from low power
-					state. */
-					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-				}
-
-				/* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
-				they should be processed now.  This ensures the tick count does
-				not	slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct
-				time. */
-				{
-					UBaseType_t uxPendedCounts = uxPendedTicks; /* Non-volatile copy. */
-
-					if( uxPendedCounts > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-					{
-						do
-						{
-							if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
-							{
-								xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-							}
-							else
-							{
-								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-							}
-							--uxPendedCounts;
-						} while( uxPendedCounts > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U );
-
-						uxPendedTicks = 0;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-
-				if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION != 0 )
-					{
-						xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					#endif
-					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xAlreadyYielded;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
-{
-TickType_t xTicks;
-
-	/* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
-	portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		xTicks = xTickCount;
-	}
-	portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xTicks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
-{
-TickType_t xReturn;
-UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-	{
-		xReturn = xTickCount;
-	}
-	portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
-{
-	/* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
-	BaseType_t. */
-	return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-{
-TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-	/* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being
-	queried. */
-	pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
-	configASSERT( pxTCB );
-	return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB, *pxReturn = NULL;
-	UBaseType_t x;
-	char cNextChar;
-
-		/* This function is called with the scheduler suspended. */
-
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
-
-			do
-			{
-				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
-
-				/* Check each character in the name looking for a match or
-				mismatch. */
-				for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
-				{
-					cNextChar = pxNextTCB->pcTaskName[ x ];
-
-					if( cNextChar != pcNameToQuery[ x ] )
-					{
-						/* Characters didn't match. */
-						break;
-					}
-					else if( cNextChar == 0x00 )
-					{
-						/* Both strings terminated, a match must have been
-						found. */
-						pxReturn = pxNextTCB;
-						break;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-
-				if( pxReturn != NULL )
-				{
-					/* The handle has been found. */
-					break;
-				}
-
-			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return pxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	UBaseType_t uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-	TCB_t* pxTCB;
-
-		/* Task names will be truncated to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 bytes. */
-		configASSERT( strlen( pcNameToQuery ) < configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Search the ready lists. */
-			do
-			{
-				uxQueue--;
-				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), pcNameToQuery );
-
-				if( pxTCB != NULL )
-				{
-					/* Found the handle. */
-					break;
-				}
-
-			} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-			/* Search the delayed lists. */
-			if( pxTCB == NULL )
-			{
-				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-			}
-
-			if( pxTCB == NULL )
-			{
-				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-			}
-
-			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-			{
-				if( pxTCB == NULL )
-				{
-					/* Search the suspended list. */
-					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xSuspendedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-				}
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-			{
-				if( pxTCB == NULL )
-				{
-					/* Search the deleted list. */
-					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xTasksWaitingTermination, pcNameToQuery );
-				}
-			}
-			#endif
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		return ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */
-			if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
-			{
-				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-				task in the Ready state. */
-				do
-				{
-					uxQueue--;
-					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady );
-
-				} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-				task in the Blocked state. */
-				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
-				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
-
-				#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
-					each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */
-					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted );
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
-					each task in the Suspended state. */
-					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended );
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1)
-				{
-					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
-					{
-						#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-							portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ( *pulTotalRunTime ) );
-						#else
-							*pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
-						#endif
-					}
-				}
-				#else
-				{
-					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
-					{
-						*pulTotalRunTime = 0;
-					}
-				}
-				#endif
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		return uxTask;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
-	{
-		/* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
-		started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
-		configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) );
-		return xIdleTaskHandle;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
-This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode
-implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than
-1. */
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump )
-	{
-		/* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick
-		was suppressed.  Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for
-		each stepped tick. */
-		configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime );
-		xTickCount += xTicksToJump;
-		traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-		configASSERT( pxTCB );
-
-		vTaskSuspendAll();
-		{
-			/* A task can only be prematurely removed from the Blocked state if
-			it is actually in the Blocked state. */
-			if( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
-			{
-				/* Remove the reference to the task from the blocked list.  An
-				interrupt won't touch the xStateListItem because the
-				scheduler is suspended. */
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-				/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove it from
-				the event list too.  Interrupts can touch the event list item,
-				even though the scheduler is suspended, so a critical section
-				is used. */
-				taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-				{
-					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-					{
-						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-						pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-				/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready list. */
-				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-				/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context
-				switch if preemption is turned off. */
-				#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-				{
-					/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only be
-					performed if the unblocked task has a priority that is
-					equal to or higher than the currently executing task. */
-					if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-					{
-						/* Pend the yield to be performed when the scheduler
-						is unsuspended. */
-						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		xTaskResumeAll();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void )
-{
-TCB_t * pxTCB;
-TickType_t xItemValue;
-BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
-
-	/* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
-	Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
-	tasks to be unblocked. */
-	traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
-	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
-		block. */
-		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount + 1;
-
-		/* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed
-		delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */
-		xTickCount = xConstTickCount;
-
-		if( xConstTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-		{
-			taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire.  Tasks are stored in
-		the	queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one task
-		has been found whose block time has not expired there is no need to
-		look any further down the list. */
-		if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-		{
-			for( ;; )
-			{
-				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime
-					to the maximum possible value so it is extremely
-					unlikely that the
-					if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass
-					next time through. */
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-					break;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the
-					item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time
-					at which the task at the head of the delayed list must
-					be removed from the Blocked state. */
-					pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList );
-					xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-					if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue )
-					{
-						/* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the
-						item value is the time at which the task at the head
-						of the blocked list must be removed from the Blocked
-						state -	so record the item value in
-						xNextTaskUnblockTime. */
-						xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue;
-						break;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-					/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove
-					it from the event list. */
-					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-					{
-						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready
-					list. */
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate
-					context switch if preemption is turned off. */
-					#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-					{
-						/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should
-						only be performed if the unblocked task has a
-						priority that is equal to or higher than the
-						currently executing task. */
-						if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-						{
-							xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-				}
-			}
-		}
-
-		/* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share
-		processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application
-		writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
-		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
-		{
-			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-			{
-				xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */
-
-		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Guard against the tick hook being called when the pended tick
-			count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */
-			if( uxPendedTicks == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-			{
-				vApplicationTickHook();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		++uxPendedTicks;
-
-		/* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
-		scheduler is locked. */
-		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
-		{
-			vApplicationTickHook();
-		}
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-	{
-		if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-
-	return xSwitchRequired;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
-	{
-	TCB_t *xTCB;
-
-		/* If xTask is NULL then it is the task hook of the calling task that is
-		getting set. */
-		if( xTask == NULL )
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-		}
-
-		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
-		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-			xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-	TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *xTCB;
-	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
-		if( xTask == NULL )
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-		}
-
-		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
-		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter )
-	{
-	TCB_t *xTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
-		if( xTask == NULL )
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-		}
-
-		if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
-		{
-			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdFAIL;
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
-{
-	if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
-		switch. */
-		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
-		traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
-
-		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-		{
-				#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-					portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
-				#else
-					ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
-				#endif
-
-				/* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the
-				accumulated time so far.  The time the task started running was
-				stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime.  Note that there is no overflow
-				protection here so count values are only valid until the timer
-				overflows.  The guard against negative values is to protect
-				against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which
-				are provided by the application, not the kernel. */
-				if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime )
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-				ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime;
-		}
-		#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-		/* Check for stack overflow, if configured. */
-		taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
-
-		/* Select a new task to run using either the generic C or port
-		optimised asm code. */
-		taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK();
-		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
-
-		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
-			structure specific to this task. */
-			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-	configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH EITHER INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
-	SCHEDULER SUSPENDED AND THE QUEUE BEING ACCESSED LOCKED. */
-
-	/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
-	This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
-	is the first to be woken by the event.  The queue that contains the event
-	list is locked, preventing simultaneous access from interrupts. */
-	vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList, const TickType_t xItemValue, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-	configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
-	the event groups implementation. */
-	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != 0 );
-
-	/* Store the item value in the event list item.  It is safe to access the
-	event list item here as interrupts won't access the event list item of a
-	task that is not in the Blocked state. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
-
-	/* Place the event list item of the TCB at the end of the appropriate event
-	list.  It is safe to access the event list here because it is part of an
-	event group implementation - and interrupts don't access event groups
-	directly (instead they access them indirectly by pending function calls to
-	the task level). */
-	vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
-	{
-		configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
-		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
-		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
-		it should be called with the scheduler suspended. */
-
-
-		/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
-		In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
-		be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
-		can be used in place of vListInsert. */
-		vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-		/* If the task should block indefinitely then set the block time to a
-		value that will be recognised as an indefinite delay inside the
-		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() function. */
-		if( xWaitIndefinitely != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			xTicksToWait = portMAX_DELAY;
-		}
-
-		traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( ( xTickCount + xTicksToWait ) );
-		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList )
-{
-TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED FROM A CRITICAL SECTION.  It can also be
-	called from a critical section within an ISR. */
-
-	/* The event list is sorted in priority order, so the first in the list can
-	be removed as it is known to be the highest priority.  Remove the TCB from
-	the delayed list, and add it to the ready list.
-
-	If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
-	get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead.  This
-	means exclusive access to the event list is guaranteed here.
-
-	This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
-	pxEventList is not empty. */
-	pxUnblockedTCB = ( TCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
-	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
-	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-	{
-		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold this task
-		pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-		vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-	}
-
-	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-	{
-		/* Return true if the task removed from the event list has a higher
-		priority than the calling task.  This allows the calling task to know if
-		it should force a context switch now. */
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-
-		/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
-		"xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
-		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-	{
-		/* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
-		might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
-		unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
-		normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
-		value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
-		tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
-		at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
-		ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
-		prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem, const TickType_t xItemValue )
-{
-TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
-	the event flags implementation. */
-	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != pdFALSE );
-
-	/* Store the new item value in the event list. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxEventListItem, xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
-
-	/* Remove the event list form the event flag.  Interrupts do not access
-	event flags. */
-	pxUnblockedTCB = ( TCB_t * ) listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxEventListItem );
-	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
-	( void ) uxListRemove( pxEventListItem );
-
-	/* Remove the task from the delayed list and add it to the ready list.  The
-	scheduler is suspended so interrupts will not be accessing the ready
-	lists. */
-	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-	prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
-
-	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-	{
-		/* Return true if the task removed from the event list has
-		a higher priority than the calling task.  This allows
-		the calling task to know if it should force a context
-		switch now. */
-		xReturn = pdTRUE;
-
-		/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
-		"xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
-		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		xReturn = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
-{
-	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-	pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
-	pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-	configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
-		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-
-		#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
-				but has the same result. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-				xReturn = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			else
-		#endif
-
-		#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-			if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
-			{
-				/* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
-				specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
-				indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
-				xReturn = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			else
-		#endif
-
-		if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */
-		{
-			/* The tick count is greater than the time at which
-			vTaskSetTimeout() was called, but has also overflowed since
-			vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.  It must have wrapped all the way
-			around and gone past again. This passed since vTaskSetTimeout()
-			was called. */
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) < *pxTicksToWait ) /*lint !e961 Explicit casting is only redundant with some compilers, whereas others require it to prevent integer conversion errors. */
-		{
-			/* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
-			*pxTicksToWait -= ( xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering );
-			vTaskSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
-			xReturn = pdFALSE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = pdTRUE;
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskMissedYield( void )
-{
-	xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		if( xTask != NULL )
-		{
-			pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			uxReturn = 0U;
-		}
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask, const UBaseType_t uxHandle )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		if( xTask != NULL )
-		{
-			pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTask;
-			pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle;
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-
-/*
- * -----------------------------------------------------------
- * The Idle task.
- * ----------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
- * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
- *
- * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
- *
- */
-static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
-{
-	/* Stop warnings. */
-	( void ) pvParameters;
-
-	/** THIS IS THE RTOS IDLE TASK - WHICH IS CREATED AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE
-	SCHEDULER IS STARTED. **/
-
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		/* See if any tasks have deleted themselves - if so then the idle task
-		is responsible for freeing the deleted task's TCB and stack. */
-		prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
-
-		#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-		{
-			/* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
-			see if any other task has become available.  If we are using
-			preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
-			will automatically get the processor anyway. */
-			taskYIELD();
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-
-		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
-		{
-			/* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
-			timesliced.  If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
-			to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
-			timeslice.
-
-			A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
-			the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter.  If
-			the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
-			then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
-			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-			{
-				taskYIELD();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */
-
-		#if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
-		{
-			extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
-
-			/* Call the user defined function from within the idle task.  This
-			allows the application designer to add background functionality
-			without the overhead of a separate task.
-			NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
-			CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
-			vApplicationIdleHook();
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */
-
-		/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality
-		to 1.  This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when
-		user defined low power mode	implementations require
-		configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */
-		#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-		{
-		TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime;
-
-			/* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on
-			each iteration of the idle task.  Therefore, a preliminary
-			test of the expected idle time is performed without the
-			scheduler suspended.  The result here is not necessarily
-			valid. */
-			xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
-
-			if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
-			{
-				vTaskSuspendAll();
-				{
-					/* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle
-					time can be sampled again, and this time its value can
-					be used. */
-					configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
-					xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
-
-					if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
-					{
-						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN();
-						portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime );
-						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-				}
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-	eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void )
-	{
-	/* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */
-	const UBaseType_t uxNonApplicationTasks = 1;
-	eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep;
-
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 )
-		{
-			/* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */
-			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
-		}
-		else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */
-			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* If all the tasks are in the suspended list (which might mean they
-			have an infinite block time rather than actually being suspended)
-			then it is safe to turn all clocks off and just wait for external
-			interrupts. */
-			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) )
-			{
-				eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		return eReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-
-	void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
-		{
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSet );
-			pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ] = pvValue;
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-
-	void *pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex )
-	{
-	void *pvReturn = NULL;
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
-		{
-			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
-			pvReturn = pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ];
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pvReturn = NULL;
-		}
-
-		return pvReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify, const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		/* If null is passed in here then we are modifying the MPU settings of
-		the calling task. */
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
-
-		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
-	}
-
-#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
-{
-UBaseType_t uxPriority;
-
-	for( uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; uxPriority < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
-	{
-		vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
-	}
-
-	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 );
-	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 );
-	vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList );
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-	{
-		vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-	{
-		vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList );
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-	/* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
-	using list2. */
-	pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
-	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
-{
-
-	/** THIS FUNCTION IS CALLED FROM THE RTOS IDLE TASK **/
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-	{
-		BaseType_t xListIsEmpty;
-
-		/* ucTasksDeleted is used to prevent vTaskSuspendAll() being called
-		too often in the idle task. */
-		while( uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-		{
-			vTaskSuspendAll();
-			{
-				xListIsEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
-			}
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-			if( xListIsEmpty == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-				taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-				{
-					pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) );
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-					--uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
-				}
-				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-				prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-		/* xTask is NULL then get the state of the calling task. */
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-		pxTaskStatus->xHandle = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
-		pxTaskStatus->pcTaskName = ( const char * ) &( pxTCB->pcTaskName [ 0 ] );
-		pxTaskStatus->uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-		pxTaskStatus->pxStackBase = pxTCB->pxStack;
-		pxTaskStatus->xTaskNumber = pxTCB->uxTCBNumber;
-
-		#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-		{
-			/* If the task is in the suspended list then there is a chance it is
-			actually just blocked indefinitely - so really it should be reported as
-			being in the Blocked state. */
-			if( pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState == eSuspended )
-			{
-				vTaskSuspendAll();
-				{
-					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-					{
-						pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eBlocked;
-					}
-				}
-				xTaskResumeAll();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = 0;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter;
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = 0;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		/* Obtaining the task state is a little fiddly, so is only done if the value
-		of eState passed into this function is eInvalid - otherwise the state is
-		just set to whatever is passed in. */
-		if( eState != eInvalid )
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eState;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eTaskGetState( xTask );
-		}
-
-		/* Obtaining the stack space takes some time, so the xGetFreeStackSpace
-		parameter is provided to allow it to be skipped. */
-		if( xGetFreeStackSpace != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
-			{
-				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack );
-			}
-			#else
-			{
-				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack );
-			}
-			#endif
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState )
-	{
-	volatile TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
-	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
-
-		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
-
-			/* Populate an TaskStatus_t structure within the
-			pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from
-			pxList.  See the definition of TaskStatus_t in task.h for the
-			meaning of each TaskStatus_t structure member. */
-			do
-			{
-				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
-				vTaskGetInfo( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNextTCB, &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), pdTRUE, eState );
-				uxTask++;
-			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return uxTask;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
-
-	static uint16_t prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte )
-	{
-	uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
-
-		while( *pucStackByte == ( uint8_t ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
-		{
-			pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
-			ulCount++;
-		}
-
-		ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t ); /*lint !e961 Casting is not redundant on smaller architectures. */
-
-		return ( uint16_t ) ulCount;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
-
-	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	uint8_t *pucEndOfStack;
-	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-		#if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
-		{
-			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
-
-		return uxReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB )
-	{
-		/* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port.  It must be
-		above the vPortFree() calls.  The call is also used by ports/demos that
-		want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */
-		portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB );
-
-		/* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task.  It is up
-		to the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */
-		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-		{
-			_reclaim_reent( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) );
-		}
-		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-
-		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) )
-		{
-			/* The task can only have been allocated dynamically - free both
-			the stack and TCB. */
-			vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
-			vPortFree( pxTCB );
-		}
-		#elif( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE == 1 )
-		{
-			/* The task could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
-			check what was statically allocated before trying to free the
-			memory. */
-			if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB )
-			{
-				/* Both the stack and TCB were allocated dynamically, so both
-				must be freed. */
-				vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
-				vPortFree( pxTCB );
-			}
-			else if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY )
-			{
-				/* Only the stack was statically allocated, so the TCB is the
-				only memory that must be freed. */
-				vPortFree( pxTCB );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Neither the stack nor the TCB were allocated dynamically, so
-				nothing needs to be freed. */
-				configASSERT( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB	)
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void )
-{
-TCB_t *pxTCB;
-
-	if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
-	{
-		/* The new current delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to
-		the maximum possible value so it is	extremely unlikely that the
-		if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
-		there is an item in the delayed list. */
-		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
-		the item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time at
-		which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
-		from the Blocked state. */
-		( pxTCB ) = ( TCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList );
-		xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
-
-	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
-	{
-	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
-
-		/* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
-		an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
-		individual execution thread. */
-		xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-			{
-				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
-			}
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
-	{
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxMutexHolder;
-
-		/* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was
-		locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL. */
-		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-		{
-			/* If the holder of the mutex has a priority below the priority of
-			the task attempting to obtain the mutex then it will temporarily
-			inherit the priority of the task attempting to obtain the mutex. */
-			if( pxTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-			{
-				/* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new
-				priority.  Only reset the event list item value if the value is
-				not	being used for anything else. */
-				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-				{
-					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-
-				/* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need
-				to be moved into a new list. */
-				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-					{
-						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
-					pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Just inherit the priority. */
-					pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
-				}
-
-				traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
-	{
-	TCB_t * const pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxMutexHolder;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-		{
-			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds the mutex.
-			If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be given from an
-			interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the holding task then it must
-			be the running state task. */
-			configASSERT( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB );
-
-			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
-			( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld )--;
-
-			/* Has the holder of the mutex inherited the priority of another
-			task? */
-			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
-			{
-				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held. */
-				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds
-					the mutex.  If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be
-					given from an interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the
-					holding	task then it must be the running state task.  Remove
-					the	holding task from the ready	list. */
-					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-					{
-						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-
-					/* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the
-					new	ready list. */
-					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
-					pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-
-					/* Reset the event list item value.  It cannot be in use for
-					any other purpose if this task is running, and it must be
-					running to give back the mutex. */
-					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-					/* Return true to indicate that a context switch is required.
-					This is only actually required in the corner case whereby
-					multiple mutexes were held and the mutexes were given back
-					in an order different to that in which they were taken.
-					If a context switch did not occur when the first mutex was
-					returned, even if a task was waiting on it, then a context
-					switch should occur when the last mutex is returned whether
-					a task is waiting on it or not. */
-					xReturn = pdTRUE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
-	{
-		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
-
-			/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical
-			function so	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt
-			context.  Only API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an
-			interrupt.  Only assert if the critical nesting count is 1 to
-			protect against recursive calls if the assert function also uses a
-			critical section. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
-			{
-				portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskExitCritical( void )
-	{
-		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U )
-			{
-				( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
-
-				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U )
-				{
-					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName )
-	{
-	size_t x;
-
-		/* Start by copying the entire string. */
-		strcpy( pcBuffer, pcTaskName );
-
-		/* Pad the end of the string with spaces to ensure columns line up when
-		printed out. */
-		for( x = strlen( pcBuffer ); x < ( size_t ) ( configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ); x++ )
-		{
-			pcBuffer[ x ] = ' ';
-		}
-
-		/* Terminate. */
-		pcBuffer[ x ] = 0x00;
-
-		/* Return the new end of string. */
-		return &( pcBuffer[ x ] );
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-	void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer )
-	{
-	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
-	volatile UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
-	char cStatus;
-
-		/*
-		 * PLEASE NOTE:
-		 *
-		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
-		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
-		 * scheduler.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
-		 * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
-		 * displays task names, states and stack usage.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that
-		 * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
-		 * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party,
-		 * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in
-		 * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called
-		 * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full
-		 * snprintf() implementation!).
-		 *
-		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
-		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
-		 * through a call to vTaskList().
-		 */
-
-
-		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
-		*pcWriteBuffer = 0x00;
-
-		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
-		function is executing. */
-		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-
-		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  if
-		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
-		equate to NULL. */
-		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) );
-
-		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
-			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL );
-
-			/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
-			for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
-			{
-				switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState )
-				{
-					case eReady:		cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eBlocked:		cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eSuspended:	cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					case eDeleted:		cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR;
-										break;
-
-					default:			/* Should not get here, but it is included
-										to prevent static checking errors. */
-										cStatus = 0x00;
-										break;
-				}
-
-				/* Write the task name to the string, padding with spaces so it
-				can be printed in tabular form more easily. */
-				pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
-
-				/* Write the rest of the string. */
-				sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber );
-				pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer );
-			}
-
-			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
-			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) ) */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-	void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer )
-	{
-	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
-	volatile UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
-	uint32_t ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
-
-		#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 )
-		{
-			#error configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must also be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h to use vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
-		}
-		#endif
-
-		/*
-		 * PLEASE NOTE:
-		 *
-		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
-		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
-		 * scheduler.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part
-		 * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
-		 * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state
-		 * in both absolute and percentage terms.
-		 *
-		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library
-		 * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and
-		 * provide different results on different platforms.  An alternative,
-		 * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of
-		 * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in
-		 * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide
-		 * a full snprintf() implementation!).
-		 *
-		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
-		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
-		 * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
-		 */
-
-		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
-		*pcWriteBuffer = 0x00;
-
-		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
-		function is executing. */
-		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-
-		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  If
-		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
-		equate to NULL. */
-		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) );
-
-		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
-		{
-			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
-			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime );
-
-			/* For percentage calculations. */
-			ulTotalTime /= 100UL;
-
-			/* Avoid divide by zero errors. */
-			if( ulTotalTime > 0 )
-			{
-				/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
-				for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
-				{
-					/* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
-					This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
-					ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */
-					ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime;
-
-					/* Write the task name to the string, padding with
-					spaces so it can be printed in tabular form more
-					easily. */
-					pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
-
-					if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
-					{
-						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
-						{
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
-						}
-						#else
-						{
-							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
-							printf() library can be used. */
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage );
-						}
-						#endif
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
-						consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
-						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
-						{
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
-						}
-						#else
-						{
-							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
-							printf() library can be used. */
-							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
-						}
-						#endif
-					}
-
-					pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer );
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
-			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void )
-{
-TickType_t uxReturn;
-
-	uxReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-	/* Reset the event list item to its normal value - so it can be used with
-	queues and semaphores. */
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-	return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-	void *pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void )
-	{
-		/* If xSemaphoreCreateMutex() is called before any tasks have been created
-		then pxCurrentTCB will be NULL. */
-		if( pxCurrentTCB != NULL )
-		{
-			( pxCurrentTCB->uxMutexesHeld )++;
-		}
-
-		return pxCurrentTCB;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	uint32_t ulReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue == 0UL )
-			{
-				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-					traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK();
-
-					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
-					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
-					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
-					application code should ever do. */
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE();
-			ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-
-			if( ulReturn != 0UL )
-			{
-				if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0UL;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulReturn - 1;
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return ulReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			/* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-			{
-				/* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
-				set	by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
-				clear the value to zero. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
-
-				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-
-				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-				{
-					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-					traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK();
-
-					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
-					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
-					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
-					application code should ever do. */
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT();
-
-			if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
-			{
-				/* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
-				have changed. */
-				*pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-			}
-
-			/* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
-			blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
-			task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
-			unblocked because of a timeout. */
-			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-			{
-				/* A notification was not received. */
-				xReturn = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* A notification was already pending or a notification was
-				received while the task was waiting. */
-				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
-				xReturn = pdTRUE;
-			}
-
-			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue )
-	{
-	TCB_t * pxTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-		pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTaskToNotify;
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
-			{
-				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-			}
-
-			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
-
-			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-			switch( eAction )
-			{
-				case eSetBits	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eIncrement	:
-					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
-					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-					{
-						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
-						xReturn = pdFAIL;
-					}
-					break;
-
-				case eNoAction:
-					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
-					updated. */
-					break;
-			}
-
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY();
-
-			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-			notification then unblock it now. */
-			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-			{
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-				#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-				{
-					/* If a task is blocked waiting for a notification then
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime might be set to the blocked task's time
-					out time.  If the task is unblocked for a reason other than
-					a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is normally left unchanged,
-					because it will automatically get reset to a new value when
-					the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
-					tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter
-					sleep mode at the earliest possible time - so reset
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime here to ensure it is updated at the
-					earliest possible time. */
-					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-				}
-				#endif
-
-				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-					executing task so a yield is required. */
-					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-	TCB_t * pxTCB;
-	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTaskToNotify;
-
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
-			{
-				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
-			}
-
-			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
-			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-			switch( eAction )
-			{
-				case eSetBits	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eIncrement	:
-					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
-					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					break;
-
-				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
-					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-					{
-						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
-						xReturn = pdFAIL;
-					}
-					break;
-
-				case eNoAction :
-					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
-					updated. */
-					break;
-			}
-
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR();
-
-			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-			notification then unblock it now. */
-			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-			{
-				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-				{
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
-					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-				}
-
-				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-					executing task so a yield is required. */
-					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-					{
-						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
-						using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR
-						safe FreeRTOS function. */
-						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-	TCB_t * pxTCB;
-	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-
-		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
-		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-		provided on the following link:
-		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-		pxTCB = ( TCB_t * ) xTaskToNotify;
-
-		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-		{
-			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
-			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-			/* 'Giving' is equivalent to incrementing a count in a counting
-			semaphore. */
-			( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
-
-			traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR();
-
-			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-			notification then unblock it now. */
-			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-			{
-				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-				{
-					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
-					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-				}
-
-				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-				{
-					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-					executing task so a yield is required. */
-					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-					{
-						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
-						using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter in an ISR
-						safe FreeRTOS function. */
-						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-					}
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-	{
-	TCB_t *pxTCB;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
-		its notification state cleared. */
-		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-		{
-			if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-			{
-				pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = pdFAIL;
-			}
-		}
-		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely )
-{
-TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-
-	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-	{
-		/* About to enter a delayed list, so ensure the ucDelayAborted flag is
-		reset to pdFALSE so it can be detected as having been set to pdTRUE
-		when the task leaves the Blocked state. */
-		pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	/* Remove the task from the ready list before adding it to the blocked list
-	as the same list item is used for both lists. */
-	if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-	{
-		/* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to
-		check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */
-		portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-	{
-		if( ( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) && ( xCanBlockIndefinitely != pdFALSE ) )
-		{
-			/* Add the task to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
-			list to ensure it is not woken by a timing event.  It will block
-			indefinitely. */
-			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
-			does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the
-			kernel will manage it correctly. */
-			xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
-
-			/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-			listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-			if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
-			{
-				/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow
-				list. */
-				vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list
-				is used. */
-				vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-				/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the
-				head of the list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime
-				needs to be updated too. */
-				if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-				{
-					xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	#else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-	{
-		/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
-		does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the kernel
-		will manage it correctly. */
-		xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
-
-		/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-		if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
-		{
-			/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow list. */
-			vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list is used. */
-			vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-			/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
-			list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
-			too. */
-			if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-			{
-				xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-
-		/* Avoid compiler warning when INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is not 1. */
-		( void ) xCanBlockIndefinitely;
-	}
-	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-}
-
-
-#ifdef FREERTOS_MODULE_TEST
-	#include "tasks_test_access_functions.h"
-#endif
-
-#if (configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1)
-	#include "freertos_tasks_c_additions.h"
-
-	#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
-	static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void )
-	{
-		FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT();
-	}
-	#endif
-#endif
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "stack_macros.h"
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/* Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 2 to include the stats formatting
+functions but without including stdio.h here. */
+#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 )
+	/* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used
+	to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the
+	uxTaskGetSystemState() function.  Note the formatting functions are provided
+	for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */
+	#include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) */
+
+#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
+#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION	( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION		( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/*
+ * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created.  This
+ * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
+ */
+#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE	( 0xa5U )
+
+/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using
+dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known
+that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed.  Sometimes the
+FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically
+allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither
+the task's stack or TCB should be freed.  Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h
+settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically
+allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the
+stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is
+deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is
+made to free the RAM that was allocated statically.
+tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a
+task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM.  Note
+that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with
+a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB.
+!!!NOTE!!! If the definition of tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is
+changed then the definition of StaticTask_t must also be updated. */
+#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE	( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+#define tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB 		( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY 			( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/* If any of the following are set then task stacks are filled with a known
+value so the high water mark can be determined.  If none of the following are
+set then don't fill the stack so there is no unnecessary dependency on memset. */
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	1
+#else
+	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
+ */
+#define tskRUNNING_CHAR		( 'X' )
+#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR		( 'B' )
+#define tskREADY_CHAR		( 'R' )
+#define tskDELETED_CHAR		( 'D' )
+#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR	( 'S' )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to be
+ * global, rather than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+	#define static
+#endif
+
+/* The name allocated to the Idle task.  This can be overridden by defining
+configIDLE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#ifndef configIDLE_TASK_NAME
+	#define configIDLE_TASK_NAME "IDLE"
+#endif
+
+#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+
+	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is
+	performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular
+	microcontroller architecture. */
+
+	/* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready
+	state task. */
+	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
+	{																									\
+		if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority )														\
+		{																								\
+			uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority );														\
+		}																								\
+	} /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()															\
+	{																									\
+	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority = uxTopReadyPriority;														\
+																										\
+		/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */								\
+		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) )							\
+		{																								\
+			configASSERT( uxTopPriority );																\
+			--uxTopPriority;																			\
+		}																								\
+																										\
+		/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of						\
+		the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */									\
+		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );			\
+		uxTopReadyPriority = uxTopPriority;																\
+	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	/* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as
+	they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is
+	being used. */
+	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )
+	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is
+	performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller
+	architecture being used. */
+
+	/* A port optimised version is provided.  Call the port defined macros. */
+	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )	portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()														\
+	{																								\
+	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority;																		\
+																									\
+		/* Find the highest priority list that contains ready tasks. */								\
+		portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );								\
+		configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 );		\
+		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );		\
+	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	/* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset
+	is being referenced from a ready list.  If it is referenced from a delayed
+	or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */
+	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
+	{																									\
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )	\
+		{																								\
+			portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) );							\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick
+count overflows. */
+#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS()																	\
+{																									\
+	List_t *pxTemp;																					\
+																									\
+	/* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */						\
+	configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );										\
+																									\
+	pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;																		\
+	pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;													\
+	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;																\
+	xNumOfOverflows++;																				\
+	prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();																	\
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for
+ * the task.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ */
+#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB )																\
+	traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB );														\
+	taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority );												\
+	vListInsertEnd( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) ); \
+	tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Several functions take an TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
+ * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
+ */
+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? pxCurrentTCB : ( pxHandle ) )
+
+/* The item value of the event list item is normally used to hold the priority
+of the task to which it belongs (coded to allow it to be held in reverse
+priority order).  However, it is occasionally borrowed for other purposes.  It
+is important its value is not updated due to a task priority change while it is
+being used for another purpose.  The following bit definition is used to inform
+the scheduler that the value should not be changed - in which case it is the
+responsibility of whichever module is using the value to ensure it gets set back
+to its original value when it is released. */
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x8000U
+#else
+	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x80000000UL
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
+ * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
+ * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
+ */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	volatile StackType_t	*pxTopOfStack;	/*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack.  THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+
+	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+		xMPU_SETTINGS	xMPUSettings;		/*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer.  THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+	#endif
+
+	ListItem_t			xStateListItem;	/*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */
+	ListItem_t			xEventListItem;		/*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */
+	UBaseType_t			uxPriority;			/*< The priority of the task.  0 is the lowest priority. */
+	StackType_t			*pxStack;			/*< Points to the start of the stack. */
+	char				pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created.  Facilitates debugging only. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+	#if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
+		StackType_t		*pxEndOfStack;		/*< Points to the highest valid address for the stack. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxCriticalNesting;	/*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxTCBNumber;		/*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created.  It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */
+		UBaseType_t		uxTaskNumber;		/*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxBasePriority;		/*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
+		UBaseType_t		uxMutexesHeld;
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+		TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
+		void			*pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		uint32_t		ulRunTimeCounter;	/*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		/* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task.
+		Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
+		used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves.  FreeRTOS is not
+		responsible for resulting newlib operation.  User must be familiar with
+		newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
+		stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
+		implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks. */
+		struct	_reent xNewLib_reent;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+		volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue;
+		volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState;
+	#endif
+
+	/* See the comments above the definition of
+	tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE. */
+	#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+		uint8_t	ucStaticallyAllocated; 		/*< Set to pdTRUE if the task is a statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+		uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		int iTaskErrno;
+	#endif
+
+} tskTCB;
+
+/* The old tskTCB name is maintained above then typedefed to the new TCB_t name
+below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA TCB_t * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------
+xDelayedTaskList1 and xDelayedTaskList2 could be move to function scople but
+doing so breaks some kernel aware debuggers and debuggers that rely on removing
+the static qualifier. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ];/*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList1;						/*< Delayed tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList2;						/*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxDelayedTaskList;				/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;		/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xPendingReadyList;						/*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended.  They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */
+
+#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xTasksWaitingTermination;				/*< Tasks that have been deleted - but their memory not yet freed. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+#endif
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xSuspendedTaskList;					/*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* Global POSIX errno. Its value is changed upon context switching to match
+the errno of the currently running task. */
+#if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+	int FreeRTOS_errno = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxCurrentNumberOfTasks 	= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xTickCount 				= ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxTopReadyPriority 		= tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning 		= pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxPendedTicks 			= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xYieldPending 			= pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xNumOfOverflows 			= ( BaseType_t ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber 					= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xNextTaskUnblockTime		= ( TickType_t ) 0U; /* Initialised to portMAX_DELAY before the scheduler starts. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xIdleTaskHandle					= NULL;			/*< Holds the handle of the idle task.  The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */
+
+/* Context switches are held pending while the scheduler is suspended.  Also,
+interrupts must not manipulate the xStateListItem of a TCB, or any of the
+lists the xStateListItem can be referenced from, if the scheduler is suspended.
+If an interrupt needs to unblock a task while the scheduler is suspended then it
+moves the task's event list item into the xPendingReadyList, ready for the
+kernel to move the task from the pending ready list into the real ready list
+when the scheduler is unsuspended.  The pending ready list itself can only be
+accessed from a critical section. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxSchedulerSuspended	= ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+	/* Do not move these variables to function scope as doing so prevents the
+	code working with debuggers that need to remove the static qualifier. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL;	/*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTotalRunTime = 0UL;		/*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */
+
+#endif
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
+#if(  configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, char *pcTaskName );
+
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_TICK_HOOK > 0 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationTickHook( void ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
+
+#endif
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
+ * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
+ * is in any other state.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
+ * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
+ * creation of the first user task.
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
+
+/*
+ * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
+ * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
+ *
+ * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
+ * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Used only by the idle task.  This checks to see if anything has been placed
+ * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted.  If so the task is cleaned up
+ * and its TCB deleted.
+ */
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state.  Add the task to
+ * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
+ */
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Fills an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each task that is
+ * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list,
+ * a suspended list, etc.).
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
+ * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Searches pxList for a task with name pcNameToQuery - returning a handle to
+ * the task if it is found, or NULL if the task is not found.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
+ * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
+ * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
+ */
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will
+ * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state.
+ *
+ * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+ * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user
+ * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be
+ * set to a value other than 1.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the time at which the next Blocked state task
+ * will exit the Blocked state.
+ */
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void );
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+	/*
+	 * Helper function used to pad task names with spaces when printing out
+	 * human readable tables of task information.
+	 */
+	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName, 		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
+									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a new task has been created and initialised to place the task
+ * under the control of the scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user definable
+ * macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is the only macro
+ * called by the function.
+ */
+#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+
+	static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
+									StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+		configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticTask_t equals the size of the real task
+			structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTask_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Prevent lint warning when configASSERT() is not used. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+
+		if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			/* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
+			function - use them. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
+
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+		if( ( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL ) && ( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+			not static allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer;
+
+			/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+									pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+									( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+									pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+									pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+									pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+									pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer );
+
+		if( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+			not static allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+				pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+				#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note
+					this task had a statically allocated stack in case it is
+					later deleted.  The TCB was allocated dynamically. */
+					pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY;
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+										pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+										( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+										pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+										pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+										pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+										pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+				prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreate(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+							const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+							const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
+							void * const pvParameters,
+							UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+							TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If the stack grows down then allocate the stack then the TCB so the stack
+		does not grow into the TCB.  Likewise if the stack grows up then allocate
+		the TCB then the stack. */
+		#if( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends on
+			the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or not static
+			allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
+				The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
+				be deleted later if required. */
+				pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+				if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Could not allocate the stack.  Delete the allocated TCB. */
+					vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
+					pxNewTCB = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+		{
+		StackType_t *pxStack;
+
+			/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
+			pxStack = pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
+
+			if( pxStack != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Allocate space for the TCB. */
+				pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of TCB_t is always a pointer to the task's stack. */
+
+				if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+					pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created.  Free
+					it again. */
+					vPortFree( pxStack );
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxNewTCB = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+		if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+		{
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e9029 !e731 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created dynamically in case it is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
+									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+{
+StackType_t *pxTopOfStack;
+UBaseType_t x;
+
+	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+		/* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
+		BaseType_t xRunPrivileged;
+		if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U )
+		{
+			xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
+	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
+
+	configASSERT( pcName );
+
+	/* Avoid dependency on memset() if it is not required. */
+	#if( tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Fill the stack with a known value to assist debugging. */
+		( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
+	}
+	#endif /* tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE */
+
+	/* Calculate the top of stack address.  This depends on whether the stack
+	grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or vice versa.
+	portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as required
+	by the port. */
+	#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+	{
+		pxTopOfStack = &( pxNewTCB->pxStack[ ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 ] );
+		pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ); /*lint !e923 !e9033 !e9078 MISRA exception.  Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical.  Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type.  Checked by assert(). */
+
+		/* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
+		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+		#if( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Also record the stack's high address, which may assist
+			debugging. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxTopOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif /* configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS */
+	}
+	#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+	{
+		pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
+
+		/* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
+		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+		/* The other extreme of the stack space is required if stack checking is
+		performed. */
+		pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
+	}
+	#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+	/* Store the task name in the TCB. */
+	for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ];
+
+		/* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than
+		configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the
+		string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */
+		if( pcName[ x ] == ( char ) 0x00 )
+		{
+			break;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length
+	was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */
+	pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = '\0';
+
+	/* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large.  First
+	remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
+	if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+	{
+		uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxNewTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
+		pxNewTCB->uxMutexesHeld = 0;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	/* Set the pxNewTCB as a link back from the ListItem_t.  This is so we can get
+	back to	the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+	/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+	}
+	#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+
+	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+	#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	{
+		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxNewTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxNewTCB->pxStack, ulStackDepth );
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* Avoid compiler warning about unreferenced parameter. */
+		( void ) xRegions;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+	{
+		for( x = 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS; x++ )
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ x ] = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0;
+		pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure. */
+		_REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxNewTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
+	but had been interrupted by the scheduler.  The return address is set
+	to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
+	the top of stack variable is updated. */
+	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+	}
+	#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+	}
+	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+	if( pxCreatedTask != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Pass the handle out in an anonymous way.  The handle can be used to
+		change the created task's priority, delete the created task, etc.*/
+		*pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB )
+{
+	/* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while the lists are being
+	updated. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
+		if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
+		{
+			/* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
+			the suspended state - make this the current task. */
+			pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+
+			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				/* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
+				initialisation required.  We will not recover if this call
+				fails, but we will report the failure. */
+				prvInitialiseTaskLists();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
+			current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
+			so far. */
+			if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		uxTaskNumber++;
+
+		#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
+			pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+		traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
+
+		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+
+		portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB );
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
+		then it should run now. */
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+		{
+			taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is
+			being deleted. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
+
+			/* Remove task from the ready list. */
+			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Increment the uxTaskNumber also so kernel aware debuggers can
+			detect that the task lists need re-generating.  This is done before
+			portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as in the Windows port that macro will
+			not return. */
+			uxTaskNumber++;
+
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				/* A task is deleting itself.  This cannot complete within the
+				task itself, as a context switch to another task is required.
+				Place the task in the termination list.  The idle task will
+				check the termination list and free up any memory allocated by
+				the scheduler for the TCB and stack of the deleted task. */
+				vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
+				there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
+				check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
+				++uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+
+				/* The pre-delete hook is primarily for the Windows simulator,
+				in which Windows specific clean up operations are performed,
+				after which it is not possible to yield away from this task -
+				hence xYieldPending is used to latch that a context switch is
+				required. */
+				portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pxTCB, &xYieldPending );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+				prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+
+				/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to
+				the task that has just been deleted. */
+				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if it is the currently running task that has just
+		been deleted. */
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
+	{
+	TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
+
+		configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
+		configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) );
+		configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+			block. */
+			const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+			/* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
+			xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
+
+			if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
+			{
+				/* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
+				lasted called.  In this case the only time we should ever
+				actually delay is if the wake time has also	overflowed,
+				and the wake time is greater than the tick time.  When this
+				is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
+				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+				{
+					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The tick time has not overflowed.  In this case we will
+				delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
+				tick time is less than the wake time. */
+				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+				{
+					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+
+			/* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
+			*pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
+
+			if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( xTimeToWake );
+
+				/* prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() needs the block time, not
+				the time to wake, so subtract the current tick count. */
+				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake - xConstTickCount, pdFALSE );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+		have put ourselves to sleep. */
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
+		if( xTicksToDelay > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+			vTaskSuspendAll();
+			{
+				traceTASK_DELAY();
+
+				/* A task that is removed from the event list while the
+				scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
+				list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
+				is resumed.
+
+				This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
+				executing task. */
+				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pdFALSE );
+			}
+			xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+		have put ourselves to sleep. */
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) )
+
+	eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	eTaskState eReturn;
+	List_t const * pxStateList, *pxDelayedList, *pxOverflowedDelayedList;
+	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+		{
+			/* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */
+			eReturn = eRunning;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				pxStateList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				pxDelayedList = pxDelayedTaskList;
+				pxOverflowedDelayedList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowedDelayedList ) )
+			{
+				/* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked
+				lists. */
+				eReturn = eBlocked;
+			}
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList )
+				{
+					/* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended
+					list.  Is it genuinely suspended or is it blocked
+					indefinitely? */
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL )
+					{
+						#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+						{
+							/* The task does not appear on the event list item of
+							and of the RTOS objects, but could still be in the
+							blocked state if it is waiting on its notification
+							rather than waiting on an object. */
+							if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+							{
+								eReturn = eBlocked;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								eReturn = eSuspended;
+							}
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							eReturn = eSuspended;
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						eReturn = eBlocked;
+					}
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+				else if( ( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) || ( pxStateList == NULL ) )
+				{
+					/* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted
+					tasks list, or it is not referenced from any lists at
+					all. */
+					eReturn = eDeleted;
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			else /*lint !e525 Negative indentation is intended to make use of pre-processor clearer. */
+			{
+				/* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the
+				Ready (including pending ready) state. */
+				eReturn = eReady;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return eReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the task
+			that called uxTaskPriorityGet() that is being queried. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn, uxSavedInterruptState;
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		uxSavedInterruptState = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+			task that is being queried. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptState );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+		configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+		/* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
+		if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+		{
+			uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+			task that is being changed. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+			traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority );
+
+			#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+			{
+				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority )
+			{
+				/* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
+				priority than the calling task. */
+				if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority )
+				{
+					if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB )
+					{
+						/* The priority of a task other than the currently
+						running task is being raised.  Is the priority being
+						raised above that of the running task? */
+						if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+						{
+							xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The priority of the running task is being raised,
+						but the running task must already be the highest
+						priority task able to run so no yield is required. */
+					}
+				}
+				else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+				{
+					/* Setting the priority of the running task down means
+					there may now be another task of higher priority that
+					is ready to execute. */
+					xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Setting the priority of any other task down does not
+					require a yield as the running task must be above the
+					new priority of the task being modified. */
+				}
+
+				/* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from
+				before its uxPriority member is changed so the
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */
+				uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
+					currently using an inherited priority. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* The base priority gets set whatever. */
+					pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
+				}
+				#else
+				{
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+				being used for anything else. */
+				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+				{
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
+				nothing more than change its priority variable. However, if
+				the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
+				in the list appropriate to its new priority. */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before
+					adding it to it's new ready list.  As we are in a critical
+					section we can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+						there is no need to check again and the port level
+						reset macro can be called directly. */
+						portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port
+				optimised task selection is not being used. */
+				( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is
+			being suspended. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
+
+			traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
+
+			/* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the
+			suspended list. */
+			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+			#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+				{
+					/* The task was blocked to wait for a notification, but is
+					now suspended, so no notification was received. */
+					pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to the
+			task that is now in the Suspended state. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+		{
+			if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The current task has just been suspended. */
+				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
+				to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
+				must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
+				if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) /*lint !e931 Right has no side effect, just volatile. */
+				{
+					/* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
+					NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
+					be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
+					is. */
+					pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					vTaskSwitchContext();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+		/* Accesses xPendingReadyList so must be called from a critical
+		section. */
+
+		/* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
+		configASSERT( xTask );
+
+		/* Is the task being resumed actually in the suspended list? */
+		if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
+			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the	Suspended
+				state, or because is is blocked with no timeout? */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961.  The cast is only redundant when NULL is used. */
+				{
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+
+		/* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
+		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+		/* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
+		currently executing task. */
+		if( ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) && ( pxTCB != NULL ) )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
+
+					/* The ready list can be accessed even if the scheduler is
+					suspended because this is inside a critical section. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove(  &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* A higher priority task may have just been resumed. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						/* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run,
+						but will leave the lists in the correct state for the
+						next yield. */
+						taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
+
+				/* Check the ready lists can be accessed. */
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* Ready lists can be accessed so move the task from the
+					suspended list to the ready list directly. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed or ready lists cannot be accessed so the task
+					is held in the pending ready list until the scheduler is
+					unsuspended. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xYieldRequired;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
+	#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	{
+		StaticTask_t *pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+		StackType_t *pxIdleTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+		uint32_t ulIdleTaskStackSize;
+
+		/* The Idle task is created using user provided RAM - obtain the
+		address of the RAM then create the idle task. */
+		vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( &pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, &pxIdleTaskStackBuffer, &ulIdleTaskStackSize );
+		xIdleTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvIdleTask,
+												configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+												ulIdleTaskStackSize,
+												( void * ) NULL, /*lint !e961.  The cast is not redundant for all compilers. */
+												portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+												pxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
+												pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+
+		if( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* The Idle task is being created using dynamically allocated RAM. */
+		xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvIdleTask,
+								configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+								configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
+								( void * ) NULL,
+								portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+								&xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+	}
+	#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+	{
+		if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+		{
+			xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+	if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+	{
+		/* freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user
+		definable macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is
+		the only macro called by the function. */
+		#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+		{
+			freertos_tasks_c_additions_init();
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
+		before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler().  The stacks of
+		the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
+		so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
+		starts to run. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+			structure specific to the task that will run first. */
+			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+		xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
+		xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+
+		/* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
+		macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
+		the run time counter time base.   NOTE:  If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+		is set to 0 and the following line fails to build then ensure you do not
+		have portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() defined in your
+		FreeRTOSConfig.h file. */
+		portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
+
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+		/* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
+		portable interface. */
+		if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
+			function will not return. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started,
+		because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task
+		or the timer task. */
+		configASSERT( xReturn != errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings if INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 0,
+	meaning xIdleTaskHandle is not used anywhere else. */
+	( void ) xIdleTaskHandle;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
+	routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary.  The port
+	layer must ensure interrupts enable	bit is left in the correct state. */
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+	vPortEndScheduler();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+{
+	/* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
+	BaseType_t.  Please read Richard Barry's reply in the following link to a
+	post in the FreeRTOS support forum before reporting this as a bug! -
+	http://goo.gl/wu4acr */
+	++uxSchedulerSuspended;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void )
+	{
+	TickType_t xReturn;
+	UBaseType_t uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks takes care of the case where
+		configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0, so there may be tasks above the idle priority
+		task that are in the Ready state, even though the idle task is
+		running. */
+		#if( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+		{
+			if( uxTopReadyPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+			{
+				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxLeastSignificantBit = ( UBaseType_t ) 0x01;
+
+			/* When port optimised task selection is used the uxTopReadyPriority
+			variable is used as a bit map.  If bits other than the least
+			significant bit are set then there are tasks that have a priority
+			above the idle priority that are in the Ready state.  This takes
+			care of the case where the co-operative scheduler is in use. */
+			if( uxTopReadyPriority > uxLeastSignificantBit )
+			{
+				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+		{
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 )
+		{
+			/* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state.  If
+			time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be
+			processed. */
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else if( uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* There are tasks in the Ready state that have a priority above the
+			idle priority.  This path can only be reached if
+			configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0. */
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB = NULL;
+BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
+	previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
+
+	/* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
+	list while the scheduler was suspended.  If this was the case then the
+	removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList.  Once the
+	scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
+	tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		--uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+		if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+			{
+				/* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
+				appropriate ready list. */
+				while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* If the moved task has a priority higher than the current
+					task then a yield must be performed. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* A task was unblocked while the scheduler was suspended,
+					which may have prevented the next unblock time from being
+					re-calculated, in which case re-calculate it now.  Mainly
+					important for low power tickless implementations, where
+					this can prevent an unnecessary exit from low power
+					state. */
+					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+				}
+
+				/* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
+				they should be processed now.  This ensures the tick count does
+				not	slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct
+				time. */
+				{
+					UBaseType_t uxPendedCounts = uxPendedTicks; /* Non-volatile copy. */
+
+					if( uxPendedCounts > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+					{
+						do
+						{
+							if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+							--uxPendedCounts;
+						} while( uxPendedCounts > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U );
+
+						uxPendedTicks = 0;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION != 0 )
+					{
+						xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					#endif
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xAlreadyYielded;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+{
+TickType_t xTicks;
+
+	/* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
+	portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		xTicks = xTickCount;
+	}
+	portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
+{
+TickType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		xReturn = xTickCount;
+	}
+	portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+{
+	/* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
+	BaseType_t. */
+	return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+	/* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being
+	queried. */
+	pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+	configASSERT( pxTCB );
+	return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB, *pxReturn = NULL;
+	UBaseType_t x;
+	char cNextChar;
+	BaseType_t xBreakLoop;
+
+		/* This function is called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );  /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+			do
+			{
+				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+				/* Check each character in the name looking for a match or
+				mismatch. */
+				xBreakLoop = pdFALSE;
+				for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+				{
+					cNextChar = pxNextTCB->pcTaskName[ x ];
+
+					if( cNextChar != pcNameToQuery[ x ] )
+					{
+						/* Characters didn't match. */
+						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else if( cNextChar == ( char ) 0x00 )
+					{
+						/* Both strings terminated, a match must have been
+						found. */
+						pxReturn = pxNextTCB;
+						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					if( xBreakLoop != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( pxReturn != NULL )
+				{
+					/* The handle has been found. */
+					break;
+				}
+
+			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+	TCB_t* pxTCB;
+
+		/* Task names will be truncated to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 bytes. */
+		configASSERT( strlen( pcNameToQuery ) < configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Search the ready lists. */
+			do
+			{
+				uxQueue--;
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), pcNameToQuery );
+
+				if( pxTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* Found the handle. */
+					break;
+				}
+
+			} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+			/* Search the delayed lists. */
+			if( pxTCB == NULL )
+			{
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+			}
+
+			if( pxTCB == NULL )
+			{
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+			}
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Search the suspended list. */
+					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xSuspendedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Search the deleted list. */
+					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xTasksWaitingTermination, pcNameToQuery );
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return pxTCB;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */
+			if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
+			{
+				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+				task in the Ready state. */
+				do
+				{
+					uxQueue--;
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady );
+
+				} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+				task in the Blocked state. */
+				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+
+				#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+					each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted );
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+					each task in the Suspended state. */
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended );
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1)
+				{
+					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+					{
+						#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+							portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ( *pulTotalRunTime ) );
+						#else
+							*pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+						#endif
+					}
+				}
+				#else
+				{
+					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+					{
+						*pulTotalRunTime = 0;
+					}
+				}
+				#endif
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return uxTask;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
+	{
+		/* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+		started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+		configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+		return xIdleTaskHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode
+implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than
+1. */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump )
+	{
+		/* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick
+		was suppressed.  Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for
+		each stepped tick. */
+		configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime );
+		xTickCount += xTicksToJump;
+		traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB = xTask;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* A task can only be prematurely removed from the Blocked state if
+			it is actually in the Blocked state. */
+			if( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
+			{
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Remove the reference to the task from the blocked list.  An
+				interrupt won't touch the xStateListItem because the
+				scheduler is suspended. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove it from
+				the event list too.  Interrupts can touch the event list item,
+				even though the scheduler is suspended, so a critical section
+				is used. */
+				taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+				{
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+					{
+						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+						pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+				/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready list. */
+				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+				/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context
+				switch if preemption is turned off. */
+				#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only be
+					performed if the unblocked task has a priority that is
+					equal to or higher than the currently executing task. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						/* Pend the yield to be performed when the scheduler
+						is unsuspended. */
+						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void )
+{
+TCB_t * pxTCB;
+TickType_t xItemValue;
+BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
+	Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
+	tasks to be unblocked. */
+	traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+		block. */
+		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount + ( TickType_t ) 1;
+
+		/* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed
+		delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */
+		xTickCount = xConstTickCount;
+
+		if( xConstTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0U ) /*lint !e774 'if' does not always evaluate to false as it is looking for an overflow. */
+		{
+			taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire.  Tasks are stored in
+		the	queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one task
+		has been found whose block time has not expired there is no need to
+		look any further down the list. */
+		if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+		{
+			for( ;; )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime
+					to the maximum possible value so it is extremely
+					unlikely that the
+					if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass
+					next time through. */
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					break;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the
+					item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time
+					at which the task at the head of the delayed list must
+					be removed from the Blocked state. */
+					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+					xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+					if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue )
+					{
+						/* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the
+						item value is the time at which the task at the head
+						of the blocked list must be removed from the Blocked
+						state -	so record the item value in
+						xNextTaskUnblockTime. */
+						xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue;
+						break; /*lint !e9011 Code structure here is deedmed easier to understand with multiple breaks. */
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+					/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove
+					it from the event list. */
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+					{
+						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready
+					list. */
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate
+					context switch if preemption is turned off. */
+					#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+					{
+						/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should
+						only be performed if the unblocked task has a
+						priority that is equal to or higher than the
+						currently executing task. */
+						if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+						{
+							xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share
+		processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application
+		writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
+		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
+		{
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Guard against the tick hook being called when the pended tick
+			count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */
+			if( uxPendedTicks == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+			{
+				vApplicationTickHook();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		++uxPendedTicks;
+
+		/* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
+		scheduler is locked. */
+		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			vApplicationTickHook();
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+	{
+		if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+
+	return xSwitchRequired;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
+	{
+	TCB_t *xTCB;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then it is the task hook of the calling task that is
+		getting set. */
+		if( xTask == NULL )
+		{
+			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTCB = xTask;
+		}
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *xTCB;
+	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
+		if( xTask == NULL )
+		{
+			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTCB = xTask;
+		}
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter )
+	{
+	TCB_t *xTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
+		if( xTask == NULL )
+		{
+			xTCB = pxCurrentTCB;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTCB = xTask;
+		}
+
+		if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
+{
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
+		switch. */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
+
+		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		{
+				#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+					portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
+				#else
+					ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+				#endif
+
+				/* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the
+				accumulated time so far.  The time the task started running was
+				stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime.  Note that there is no overflow
+				protection here so count values are only valid until the timer
+				overflows.  The guard against negative values is to protect
+				against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which
+				are provided by the application, not the kernel. */
+				if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime )
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+				ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime;
+		}
+		#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+		/* Check for stack overflow, if configured. */
+		taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+
+		/* Before the currently running task is switched out, save its errno. */
+		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		{
+			pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno = FreeRTOS_errno;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Select a new task to run using either the generic C or port
+		optimised asm code. */
+		taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK(); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+		/* After the new task is switched in, update the global errno. */
+		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		{
+			FreeRTOS_errno = pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+			structure specific to this task. */
+			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH EITHER INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+	SCHEDULER SUSPENDED AND THE QUEUE BEING ACCESSED LOCKED. */
+
+	/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+	This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
+	is the first to be woken by the event.  The queue that contains the event
+	list is locked, preventing simultaneous access from interrupts. */
+	vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList, const TickType_t xItemValue, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+	the event groups implementation. */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != 0 );
+
+	/* Store the item value in the event list item.  It is safe to access the
+	event list item here as interrupts won't access the event list item of a
+	task that is not in the Blocked state. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+	/* Place the event list item of the TCB at the end of the appropriate event
+	list.  It is safe to access the event list here because it is part of an
+	event group implementation - and interrupts don't access event groups
+	directly (instead they access them indirectly by pending function calls to
+	the task level). */
+	vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+	{
+		configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
+		it should be called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+
+		/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+		In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
+		be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
+		can be used in place of vListInsert. */
+		vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+		/* If the task should block indefinitely then set the block time to a
+		value that will be recognised as an indefinite delay inside the
+		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() function. */
+		if( xWaitIndefinitely != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xTicksToWait = portMAX_DELAY;
+		}
+
+		traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( ( xTickCount + xTicksToWait ) );
+		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList )
+{
+TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED FROM A CRITICAL SECTION.  It can also be
+	called from a critical section within an ISR. */
+
+	/* The event list is sorted in priority order, so the first in the list can
+	be removed as it is known to be the highest priority.  Remove the TCB from
+	the delayed list, and add it to the ready list.
+
+	If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
+	get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead.  This
+	means exclusive access to the event list is guaranteed here.
+
+	This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
+	pxEventList is not empty. */
+	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold this task
+		pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+		vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+	}
+
+	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+	{
+		/* Return true if the task removed from the event list has a higher
+		priority than the calling task.  This allows the calling task to know if
+		it should force a context switch now. */
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+
+		/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
+		"xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+	{
+		/* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+		might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
+		unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
+		normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
+		value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+		tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
+		at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
+		ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
+		prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem, const TickType_t xItemValue )
+{
+TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+	the event flags implementation. */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != pdFALSE );
+
+	/* Store the new item value in the event list. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxEventListItem, xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+	/* Remove the event list form the event flag.  Interrupts do not access
+	event flags. */
+	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxEventListItem ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( pxEventListItem );
+
+	/* Remove the task from the delayed list and add it to the ready list.  The
+	scheduler is suspended so interrupts will not be accessing the ready
+	lists. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+	prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+
+	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+	{
+		/* The unblocked task has a priority above that of the calling task, so
+		a context switch is required.  This function is called with the
+		scheduler suspended so xYieldPending is set so the context switch
+		occurs immediately that the scheduler is resumed (unsuspended). */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+		pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+	/* For internal use only as it does not use a critical section. */
+	pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+	pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+	configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
+		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+		const TickType_t xElapsedTime = xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering;
+
+		#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
+				but has the same result. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+			if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+			{
+				/* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
+				specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
+				indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
+				xReturn = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			else
+		#endif
+
+		if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */
+		{
+			/* The tick count is greater than the time at which
+			vTaskSetTimeout() was called, but has also overflowed since
+			vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.  It must have wrapped all the way
+			around and gone past again. This passed since vTaskSetTimeout()
+			was called. */
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else if( xElapsedTime < *pxTicksToWait ) /*lint !e961 Explicit casting is only redundant with some compilers, whereas others require it to prevent integer conversion errors. */
+		{
+			/* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
+			*pxTicksToWait -= xElapsedTime;
+			vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			*pxTicksToWait = 0;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskMissedYield( void )
+{
+	xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xTask != NULL )
+		{
+			pxTCB = xTask;
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			uxReturn = 0U;
+		}
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask, const UBaseType_t uxHandle )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+		if( xTask != NULL )
+		{
+			pxTCB = xTask;
+			pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+/*
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------
+ * The Idle task.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
+{
+	/* Stop warnings. */
+	( void ) pvParameters;
+
+	/** THIS IS THE RTOS IDLE TASK - WHICH IS CREATED AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE
+	SCHEDULER IS STARTED. **/
+
+	/* In case a task that has a secure context deletes itself, in which case
+	the idle task is responsible for deleting the task's secure context, if
+	any. */
+	portTASK_CALLS_SECURE_FUNCTIONS();
+
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		/* See if any tasks have deleted themselves - if so then the idle task
+		is responsible for freeing the deleted task's TCB and stack. */
+		prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
+
+		#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+		{
+			/* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
+			see if any other task has become available.  If we are using
+			preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
+			will automatically get the processor anyway. */
+			taskYIELD();
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+
+		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
+		{
+			/* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
+			timesliced.  If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
+			to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
+			timeslice.
+
+			A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
+			the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter.  If
+			the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
+			then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				taskYIELD();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
+
+			/* Call the user defined function from within the idle task.  This
+			allows the application designer to add background functionality
+			without the overhead of a separate task.
+			NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
+			CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
+			vApplicationIdleHook();
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */
+
+		/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality
+		to 1.  This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when
+		user defined low power mode	implementations require
+		configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */
+		#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+		{
+		TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime;
+
+			/* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on
+			each iteration of the idle task.  Therefore, a preliminary
+			test of the expected idle time is performed without the
+			scheduler suspended.  The result here is not necessarily
+			valid. */
+			xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+			if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+			{
+				vTaskSuspendAll();
+				{
+					/* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle
+					time can be sampled again, and this time its value can
+					be used. */
+					configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
+					xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+					/* Define the following macro to set xExpectedIdleTime to 0
+					if the application does not want
+					portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to be called. */
+					configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
+
+					if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+					{
+						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN();
+						portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime );
+						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void )
+	{
+	/* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */
+	const UBaseType_t uxNonApplicationTasks = 1;
+	eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep;
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 )
+		{
+			/* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */
+			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+		}
+		else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */
+			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If all the tasks are in the suspended list (which might mean they
+			have an infinite block time rather than actually being suspended)
+			then it is safe to turn all clocks off and just wait for external
+			interrupts. */
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) )
+			{
+				eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		return eReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+	void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+		{
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSet );
+			pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ] = pvValue;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+	void *pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex )
+	{
+	void *pvReturn = NULL;
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+		{
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+			pvReturn = pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ];
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pvReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return pvReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify, const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* If null is passed in here then we are modifying the MPU settings of
+		the calling task. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
+
+		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
+	}
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+	for( uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; uxPriority < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+	}
+
+	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+	vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList );
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList );
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+	/* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
+	using list2. */
+	pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
+	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
+{
+
+	/** THIS FUNCTION IS CALLED FROM THE RTOS IDLE TASK **/
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+	{
+		TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp is used to prevent taskENTER_CRITICAL()
+		being called too often in the idle task. */
+		while( uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+				--uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* xTask is NULL then get the state of the calling task. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		pxTaskStatus->xHandle = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
+		pxTaskStatus->pcTaskName = ( const char * ) &( pxTCB->pcTaskName [ 0 ] );
+		pxTaskStatus->uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		pxTaskStatus->pxStackBase = pxTCB->pxStack;
+		pxTaskStatus->xTaskNumber = pxTCB->uxTCBNumber;
+
+		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = 0;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = 0;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Obtaining the task state is a little fiddly, so is only done if the
+		value of eState passed into this function is eInvalid - otherwise the
+		state is just set to whatever is passed in. */
+		if( eState != eInvalid )
+		{
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eRunning;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eState;
+
+				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				{
+					/* If the task is in the suspended list then there is a
+					chance it is actually just blocked indefinitely - so really
+					it should be reported as being in the Blocked state. */
+					if( eState == eSuspended )
+					{
+						vTaskSuspendAll();
+						{
+							if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+							{
+								pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eBlocked;
+							}
+						}
+						( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eTaskGetState( pxTCB );
+		}
+
+		/* Obtaining the stack space takes some time, so the xGetFreeStackSpace
+		parameter is provided to allow it to be skipped. */
+		if( xGetFreeStackSpace != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack );
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack );
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState )
+	{
+	configLIST_VOLATILE TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+			/* Populate an TaskStatus_t structure within the
+			pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from
+			pxList.  See the definition of TaskStatus_t in task.h for the
+			meaning of each TaskStatus_t structure member. */
+			do
+			{
+				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+				vTaskGetInfo( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNextTCB, &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), pdTRUE, eState );
+				uxTask++;
+			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return uxTask;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
+
+		while( *pucStackByte == ( uint8_t ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
+		{
+			pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
+			ulCount++;
+		}
+
+		ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t ); /*lint !e961 Casting is not redundant on smaller architectures. */
+
+		return ( configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE ) ulCount;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	uint8_t *pucEndOfStack;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		#if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB )
+	{
+		/* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port.  It must be
+		above the vPortFree() calls.  The call is also used by ports/demos that
+		want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */
+		portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB );
+
+		/* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task.  It is up
+		to the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			_reclaim_reent( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) )
+		{
+			/* The task can only have been allocated dynamically - free both
+			the stack and TCB. */
+			vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
+			vPortFree( pxTCB );
+		}
+		#elif( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+		{
+			/* The task could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+			check what was statically allocated before trying to free the
+			memory. */
+			if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB )
+			{
+				/* Both the stack and TCB were allocated dynamically, so both
+				must be freed. */
+				vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
+				vPortFree( pxTCB );
+			}
+			else if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY )
+			{
+				/* Only the stack was statically allocated, so the TCB is the
+				only memory that must be freed. */
+				vPortFree( pxTCB );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Neither the stack nor the TCB were allocated dynamically, so
+				nothing needs to be freed. */
+				configASSERT( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB	);
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void )
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+	if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* The new current delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to
+		the maximum possible value so it is	extremely unlikely that the
+		if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
+		there is an item in the delayed list. */
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
+		the item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time at
+		which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
+		from the Blocked state. */
+		( pxTCB ) = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+		/* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
+		an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
+		individual execution thread. */
+		xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxMutexHolderTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was
+		locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL.  _RB_ Is this still
+		needed as interrupts can no longer use mutexes? */
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* If the holder of the mutex has a priority below the priority of
+			the task attempting to obtain the mutex then it will temporarily
+			inherit the priority of the task attempting to obtain the mutex. */
+			if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+			{
+				/* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new
+				priority.  Only reset the event list item value if the value is
+				not being used for anything else. */
+				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+				{
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need
+				to be moved into a new list. */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
+					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxMutexHolderTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Just inherit the priority. */
+					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+				}
+
+				traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxMutexHolderTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+
+				/* Inheritance occurred. */
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxBasePriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The base priority of the mutex holder is lower than the
+					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex, but the
+					current priority of the mutex holder is not lower than the
+					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex.
+					Therefore the mutex holder must have already inherited a
+					priority, but inheritance would have occurred if that had
+					not been the case. */
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds the mutex.
+			If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be given from an
+			interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the holding task then it must
+			be the running state task. */
+			configASSERT( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB );
+			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+			( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld )--;
+
+			/* Has the holder of the mutex inherited the priority of another
+			task? */
+			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
+			{
+				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held. */
+				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds
+					the mutex.  If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be
+					given from an interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the
+					holding task then it must be the running state task.  Remove
+					the holding task from the ready list. */
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the
+					new	ready list. */
+					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+
+					/* Reset the event list item value.  It cannot be in use for
+					any other purpose if this task is running, and it must be
+					running to give back the mutex. */
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* Return true to indicate that a context switch is required.
+					This is only actually required in the corner case whereby
+					multiple mutexes were held and the mutexes were given back
+					in an order different to that in which they were taken.
+					If a context switch did not occur when the first mutex was
+					returned, even if a task was waiting on it, then a context
+					switch should occur when the last mutex is returned whether
+					a task is waiting on it or not. */
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder, UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	UBaseType_t uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxPriorityToUse;
+	const UBaseType_t uxOnlyOneMutexHeld = ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* If pxMutexHolder is not NULL then the holder must hold at least
+			one mutex. */
+			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+
+			/* Determine the priority to which the priority of the task that
+			holds the mutex should be set.  This will be the greater of the
+			holding task's base priority and the priority of the highest
+			priority task that is waiting to obtain the mutex. */
+			if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority < uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+			{
+				uxPriorityToUse = uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				uxPriorityToUse = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+			}
+
+			/* Does the priority need to change? */
+			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != uxPriorityToUse )
+			{
+				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held.  This is a
+				simplification in the priority inheritance implementation.  If
+				the task that holds the mutex is also holding other mutexes then
+				the other mutexes may have caused the priority inheritance. */
+				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == uxOnlyOneMutexHeld )
+				{
+					/* If a task has timed out because it already holds the
+					mutex it was trying to obtain then it cannot of inherited
+					its own priority. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB );
+
+					/* Disinherit the priority, remembering the previous
+					priority to facilitate determining the subject task's
+					state. */
+					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
+					uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriorityToUse;
+
+					/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+					being used for anything else. */
+					if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+					{
+						listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriorityToUse ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* If the running task is not the task that holds the mutex
+					then the task that holds the mutex could be in either the
+					Ready, Blocked or Suspended states.  Only remove the task
+					from its current state list if it is in the Ready state as
+					the task's priority is going to change and there is one
+					Ready list per priority. */
+					if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+						{
+							taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+
+						prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
+	{
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
+
+			/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical
+			function so	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt
+			context.  Only API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an
+			interrupt.  Only assert if the critical nesting count is 1 to
+			protect against recursive calls if the assert function also uses a
+			critical section. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
+			{
+				portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskExitCritical( void )
+	{
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U )
+			{
+				( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
+
+				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U )
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName )
+	{
+	size_t x;
+
+		/* Start by copying the entire string. */
+		strcpy( pcBuffer, pcTaskName );
+
+		/* Pad the end of the string with spaces to ensure columns line up when
+		printed out. */
+		for( x = strlen( pcBuffer ); x < ( size_t ) ( configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ); x++ )
+		{
+			pcBuffer[ x ] = ' ';
+		}
+
+		/* Terminate. */
+		pcBuffer[ x ] = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Return the new end of string. */
+		return &( pcBuffer[ x ] );
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+	char cStatus;
+
+		/*
+		 * PLEASE NOTE:
+		 *
+		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+		 * scheduler.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
+		 * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+		 * displays task names, states and stack usage.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that
+		 * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
+		 * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party,
+		 * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in
+		 * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called
+		 * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full
+		 * snprintf() implementation!).
+		 *
+		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+		 * through a call to vTaskList().
+		 */
+
+
+		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		function is executing. */
+		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  if
+		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+		equate to NULL. */
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL );
+
+			/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+			for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+			{
+				switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState )
+				{
+					case eRunning:		cStatus = tskRUNNING_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eReady:		cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eBlocked:		cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eSuspended:	cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eDeleted:		cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eInvalid:		/* Fall through. */
+					default:			/* Should not get here, but it is included
+										to prevent static checking errors. */
+										cStatus = ( char ) 0x00;
+										break;
+				}
+
+				/* Write the task name to the string, padding with spaces so it
+				can be printed in tabular form more easily. */
+				pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+				/* Write the rest of the string. */
+				sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+				pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+			}
+
+			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+	uint32_t ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+		#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 )
+		{
+			#error configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must also be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h to use vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		 * PLEASE NOTE:
+		 *
+		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+		 * scheduler.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part
+		 * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+		 * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state
+		 * in both absolute and percentage terms.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library
+		 * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and
+		 * provide different results on different platforms.  An alternative,
+		 * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of
+		 * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in
+		 * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide
+		 * a full snprintf() implementation!).
+		 *
+		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+		 * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+		 */
+
+		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		function is executing. */
+		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  If
+		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+		equate to NULL. */
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime );
+
+			/* For percentage calculations. */
+			ulTotalTime /= 100UL;
+
+			/* Avoid divide by zero errors. */
+			if( ulTotalTime > 0UL )
+			{
+				/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+				for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+				{
+					/* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+					This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+					ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */
+					ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime;
+
+					/* Write the task name to the string, padding with
+					spaces so it can be printed in tabular form more
+					easily. */
+					pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+					if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+					{
+						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+						{
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+							printf() library can be used. */
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+						consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
+						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+						{
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+							printf() library can be used. */
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+
+					pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void )
+{
+TickType_t uxReturn;
+
+	uxReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	/* Reset the event list item to its normal value - so it can be used with
+	queues and semaphores. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void )
+	{
+		/* If xSemaphoreCreateMutex() is called before any tasks have been created
+		then pxCurrentTCB will be NULL. */
+		if( pxCurrentTCB != NULL )
+		{
+			( pxCurrentTCB->uxMutexesHeld )++;
+		}
+
+		return pxCurrentTCB;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue == 0UL )
+			{
+				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+					traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK();
+
+					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+					application code should ever do. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE();
+			ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+
+			if( ulReturn != 0UL )
+			{
+				if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0UL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulReturn - ( uint32_t ) 1;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return ulReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				/* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
+				set	by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
+				clear the value to zero. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
+
+				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+					traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK();
+
+					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+					application code should ever do. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT();
+
+			if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
+				have changed. */
+				*pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			/* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
+			blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
+			task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
+			unblocked because of a timeout. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				/* A notification was not received. */
+				xReturn = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* A notification was already pending or a notification was
+				received while the task was waiting. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+
+			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			switch( eAction )
+			{
+				case eSetBits	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eIncrement	:
+					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
+					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+					{
+						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
+						xReturn = pdFAIL;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case eNoAction:
+					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+					updated. */
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+					compiler can't assume is const. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
+
+					break;
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+				{
+					/* If a task is blocked waiting for a notification then
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime might be set to the blocked task's time
+					out time.  If the task is unblocked for a reason other than
+					a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is normally left unchanged,
+					because it will automatically get reset to a new value when
+					the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+					tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter
+					sleep mode at the earliest possible time - so reset
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime here to ensure it is updated at the
+					earliest possible time. */
+					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			switch( eAction )
+			{
+				case eSetBits	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eIncrement	:
+					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
+					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+					{
+						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
+						xReturn = pdFAIL;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case eNoAction :
+					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+					updated. */
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+					compiler can't assume is const. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
+					break;
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+					{
+						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+
+					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR
+					safe FreeRTOS function. */
+					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			/* 'Giving' is equivalent to incrementing a count in a counting
+			semaphore. */
+			( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+					{
+						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+
+					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter in an ISR
+					safe FreeRTOS function. */
+					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
+		its notification state cleared. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+	{
+		/* About to enter a delayed list, so ensure the ucDelayAborted flag is
+		reset to pdFALSE so it can be detected as having been set to pdTRUE
+		when the task leaves the Blocked state. */
+		pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Remove the task from the ready list before adding it to the blocked list
+	as the same list item is used for both lists. */
+	if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to
+		check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */
+		portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); /*lint !e931 pxCurrentTCB cannot change as it is the calling task.  pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority and uxTopReadyPriority cannot change as called with scheduler suspended or in a critical section. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+	{
+		if( ( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) && ( xCanBlockIndefinitely != pdFALSE ) )
+		{
+			/* Add the task to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
+			list to ensure it is not woken by a timing event.  It will block
+			indefinitely. */
+			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+			does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the
+			kernel will manage it correctly. */
+			xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+			/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+			listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+			if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+			{
+				/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow
+				list. */
+				vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list
+				is used. */
+				vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the
+				head of the list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+				needs to be updated too. */
+				if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+				{
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	#else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+	{
+		/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+		does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the kernel
+		will manage it correctly. */
+		xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+		/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+		if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+		{
+			/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow list. */
+			vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list is used. */
+			vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+			/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
+			list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
+			too. */
+			if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+			{
+				xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Avoid compiler warning when INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is not 1. */
+		( void ) xCanBlockIndefinitely;
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+}
+
+/* Code below here allows additional code to be inserted into this source file,
+especially where access to file scope functions and data is needed (for example
+when performing module tests). */
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_MODULE_TEST
+	#include "tasks_test_access_functions.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#if( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 )
+
+	#include "freertos_tasks_c_additions.h"
+
+	#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+		static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void )
+		{
+			FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT();
+		}
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/freertos/src/timers.c b/freertos/src/timers.c
index d4a821a..4e24a29 100644
--- a/freertos/src/timers.c
+++ b/freertos/src/timers.c
@@ -1,1092 +1,1087 @@
-/*
-    FreeRTOS V9.0.0 - Copyright (C) 2016 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
-    All rights reserved
-
-    VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
-
-    This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
-
-    FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-    the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
-    Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-    >>!   NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to     !<<
-    >>!   distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being   !<<
-    >>!   obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components     !<<
-    >>!   outside of the FreeRTOS kernel.                                   !<<
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Full license text is available on the following
-    link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
-
-    ***************************************************************************
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed,    *
-     *    robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross          *
-     *    platform software that is more than just the market leader, it     *
-     *    is the industry's de facto standard.                               *
-     *                                                                       *
-     *    Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping     *
-     *    to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS           *
-     *    tutorial book, reference manual, or both:                          *
-     *    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation                              *
-     *                                                                       *
-    ***************************************************************************
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem?  Start by reading
-    the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?".  Have you
-    defined configASSERT()?
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
-    embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
-    participating in the support forum.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
-    be as productive as possible as early as possible.  Now you can receive
-    FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
-    Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
-    including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
-    compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
-
-    http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
-    Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
-
-    http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
-    Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand.  Low cost OpenRTOS
-    licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
-
-    http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
-    engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
-    mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
-
-    1 tab == 4 spaces!
-*/
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
-all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
-task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "queue.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
-	#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
-#endif
-
-/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
-MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
-header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
-privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
-
-
-/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
-to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
-of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
-configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-/* Misc definitions. */
-#define tmrNO_DELAY		( TickType_t ) 0U
-
-/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
-typedef struct tmrTimerControl
-{
-	const char				*pcTimerName;		/*<< Text name.  This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	ListItem_t				xTimerListItem;		/*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
-	TickType_t				xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
-	UBaseType_t				uxAutoReload;		/*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired.  Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one-shot timer. */
-	void 					*pvTimerID;			/*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
-	TimerCallbackFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
-	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-		UBaseType_t			uxTimerNumber;		/*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
-	#endif
-
-	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-		uint8_t 			ucStaticallyAllocated; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer was created statically so no attempt is made to free the memory again if the timer is later deleted. */
-	#endif
-} xTIMER;
-
-/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
-name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
-
-/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
-Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
-and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback.  The
-two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
-and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
-typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
-{
-	TickType_t			xMessageValue;		/*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
-	Timer_t *			pxTimer;			/*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
-} TimerParameter_t;
-
-
-typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
-{
-	PendedFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/* << The callback function to execute. */
-	void *pvParameter1;						/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
-	uint32_t ulParameter2;					/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
-} CallbackParameters_t;
-
-/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
-that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
-typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
-{
-	BaseType_t			xMessageID;			/*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
-	union
-	{
-		TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
-
-		/* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
-		it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
-		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-			CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
-		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-	} u;
-} DaemonTaskMessage_t;
-
-/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which
-static variables must be declared volatile. */
-
-/* The list in which active timers are stored.  Timers are referenced in expire
-time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list.  Only the
-timer service task is allowed to access these lists. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxCurrentTimerList;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxOverflowTimerList;
-
-/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
-
-/*lint +e956 */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	/* If static allocation is supported then the application must provide the
-	following callback function - which enables the application to optionally
-	provide the memory that will be used by the timer task as the task's stack
-	and TCB. */
-	extern void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize );
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
- * been initialised already.
- */
-static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The timer service task (daemon).  Timer functionality is controlled by this
- * task.  Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
- * xTimerQueue queue.
- */
-static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
- * received on the timer queue.
- */
-static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
- * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * An active timer has reached its expire time.  Reload the timer if it is an
- * auto reload timer, then call its callback.
- */
-static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The tick count has overflowed.  Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
- * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
- */
-static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
- * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
- */
-static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
- * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false.  If the
- * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
- * to pdTRUE.
- */
-static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block the timer service task
- * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
- */
-static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called after a Timer_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,
-									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-									void * const pvTimerID,
-									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-									Timer_t *pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
-
-	/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
-	configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1.  Check that the infrastructure used by the
-	timer service task has been created/initialised.  If timers have already
-	been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
-	prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
-
-	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-	{
-		#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-		{
-			StaticTask_t *pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
-			StackType_t *pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
-			uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
-
-			vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
-			xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvTimerTask,
-													"Tmr Svc",
-													ulTimerTaskStackSize,
-													NULL,
-													( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
-													pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
-													pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer );
-
-			if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
-			{
-				xReturn = pdPASS;
-			}
-		}
-		#else
-		{
-			xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvTimerTask,
-									"Tmr Svc",
-									configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
-									NULL,
-									( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
-									&xTimerTaskHandle );
-		}
-		#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	configASSERT( xReturn );
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,
-								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-								void * const pvTimerID,
-								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
-
-		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) );
-
-		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-		{
-			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-				timer was created dynamically in case the timer is later
-				deleted. */
-				pxNewTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-		}
-
-		return pxNewTimer;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,
-										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-										void * const pvTimerID,
-										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-	{
-	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
-
-		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-			variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
-			structures. */
-			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
-			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
-		}
-		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-		/* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
-		configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
-		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer; /*lint !e740 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
-
-		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-		{
-			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically so note this
-				timer was created statically in case it is later deleted. */
-				pxNewTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
-			}
-			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-		}
-
-		return pxNewTimer;
-	}
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,
-									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-									void * const pvTimerID,
-									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-									Timer_t *pxNewTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-{
-	/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
-	configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
-
-	if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-	{
-		/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
-		created/initialised. */
-		prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
-
-		/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
-		parameters. */
-		pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
-		pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
-		pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
-		pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
-		pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
-		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
-DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
-	on a particular timer definition. */
-	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-	{
-		/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
-		xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
-		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
-		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
-
-		if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
-		{
-			if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
-			{
-				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-		}
-
-		traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
-{
-	/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
-	started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
-	configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
-	return xTimerTaskHandle;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-Timer_t *pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-	return pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-Timer_t * pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
-TickType_t xReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-	xReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-	return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-{
-Timer_t *pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-	return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow )
-{
-BaseType_t xResult;
-Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-
-	/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers.  A check has already
-	been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
-	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-	traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-
-	/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
-	expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
-	if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
-	{
-		/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
-		other than the current time.  It will therefore be inserted into the
-		correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
-		if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) != pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
-			list.  Reload it now.  */
-			xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
-			configASSERT( xResult );
-			( void ) xResult;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-	}
-
-	/* Call the timer callback. */
-	pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
-{
-TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
-BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
-
-	/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
-	( void ) pvParameters;
-
-	#if( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
-	{
-		extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
-
-		/* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
-		this task at the point the task starts executing.  This is useful if the
-		application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
-		executing after the scheduler has been started. */
-		vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
-	}
-	#endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
-
-	for( ;; )
-	{
-		/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
-		obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
-		xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
-
-		/* If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block this task
-		until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
-		prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
-
-		/* Empty the command queue. */
-		prvProcessReceivedCommands();
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
-{
-TickType_t xTimeNow;
-BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
-
-	vTaskSuspendAll();
-	{
-		/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
-		has expired or not.  If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
-		then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
-		when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
-		prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
-		xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
-		if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
-		{
-			/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
-			if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
-			{
-				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-				prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
-				time has not been reached yet.  This task should therefore
-				block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
-				received - whichever comes first.  The following line cannot
-				be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
-				case when the current timer list is empty. */
-				if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
-					also empty? */
-					xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
-				}
-
-				vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
-
-				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-				{
-					/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
-					block time to expire.  If a command arrived between the
-					critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
-					will not cause the task to block. */
-					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
-{
-TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
-
-	/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
-	referencing the task that will expire first.  Obtain the time at which
-	the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire.  If there are no
-	active timers then just set the next expire time to 0.  That will cause
-	this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
-	timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
-	re-assessed.  */
-	*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-	if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
-	{
-		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
-		xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
-	}
-
-	return xNextExpireTime;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
-{
-TickType_t xTimeNow;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
-
-	xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
-
-	if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
-	{
-		prvSwitchTimerLists();
-		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
-	}
-
-	xLastTime = xTimeNow;
-
-	return xTimeNow;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime )
-{
-BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
-
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
-	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
-
-	if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
-	{
-		/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
-		timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
-		if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-		{
-			/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
-			processed actually exceeds the timers period.  */
-			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
-		{
-			/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
-			but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
-			its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
-			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		}
-	}
-
-	return xProcessTimerNow;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void	prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
-{
-DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-Timer_t *pxTimer;
-BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
-TickType_t xTimeNow;
-
-	while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
-	{
-		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-		{
-			/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
-			commands. */
-			if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-			{
-				const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
-
-				/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
-				callback be executed.  Check the callback is not NULL. */
-				configASSERT( pxCallback );
-
-				/* Call the function. */
-				pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-		}
-		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-
-		/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
-		function calls. */
-		if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-		{
-			/* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
-			software timer. */
-			pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
-
-			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
-			{
-				/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
-				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-			}
-
-			traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
-
-			/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
-			it must be present in the function call.  prvSampleTimeNow() must be
-			called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
-			possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
-			queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
-			pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
-			xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
-
-			switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
-			{
-				case tmrCOMMAND_START :
-			    case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR :
-			    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET :
-			    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR :
-				case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE :
-					/* Start or restart a timer. */
-					if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer,  xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) != pdFALSE )
-					{
-						/* The timer expired before it was added to the active
-						timer list.  Process it now. */
-						pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-						traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-
-						if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
-						{
-							xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
-							configASSERT( xResult );
-							( void ) xResult;
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-					}
-					break;
-
-				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
-				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR :
-					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
-					There is nothing to do here. */
-					break;
-
-				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
-				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR :
-					pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
-					configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
-
-					/* The new period does not really have a reference, and can
-					be longer or shorter than the old one.  The command time is
-					therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot
-					be zero the next expiry time can only be in the future,
-					meaning (unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is
-					no fail case that needs to be handled here. */
-					( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
-					break;
-
-				case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
-					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
-					just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
-					allocated. */
-					#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-					{
-						/* The timer can only have been allocated dynamically -
-						free it again. */
-						vPortFree( pxTimer );
-					}
-					#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-					{
-						/* The timer could have been allocated statically or
-						dynamically, so check before attempting to free the
-						memory. */
-						if( pxTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-						{
-							vPortFree( pxTimer );
-						}
-						else
-						{
-							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-						}
-					}
-					#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-					break;
-
-				default	:
-					/* Don't expect to get here. */
-					break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
-{
-TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
-List_t *pxTemp;
-Timer_t *pxTimer;
-BaseType_t xResult;
-
-	/* The tick count has overflowed.  The timer lists must be switched.
-	If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
-	then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
-	are switched. */
-	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
-	{
-		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-
-		/* Remove the timer from the list. */
-		pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-		traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-
-		/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
-		it is an auto-reload timer.  It cannot be restarted here as the lists
-		have not yet been switched. */
-		pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-
-		if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
-		{
-			/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
-			the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
-			and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
-			processed again within this loop.  Otherwise a command should be sent
-			to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
-			the lists have been swapped. */
-			xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
-			if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
-			{
-				listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
-				listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
-				vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
-				configASSERT( xResult );
-				( void ) xResult;
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-
-	pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
-	pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
-	pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
-{
-	/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
-	queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
-	initialised. */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
-		{
-			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
-			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
-			pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
-			pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
-
-			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-			{
-				/* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
-				configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
-				static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue;
-				static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ];
-
-				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
-			}
-			#else
-			{
-				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-			{
-				if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-				{
-					vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-				}
-			}
-			#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-		}
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-BaseType_t xTimerIsInActiveList;
-Timer_t *pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
-		it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
-		one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
-		xTimerIsInActiveList = ( BaseType_t ) !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return xTimerIsInActiveList;
-} /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-{
-Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
-void *pvReturn;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-	return pvReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
-{
-Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
-
-	configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-	{
-		pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
-	}
-	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-	{
-	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
-		daemon task. */
-		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
-
-		xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-
-	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-	{
-	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-	BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-		/* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
-		after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
-		queue does not exist. */
-		configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
-
-		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
-		daemon task. */
-		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
-		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
-
-		xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
-
-		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
-
-		return xReturn;
-	}
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
-to include software timer functionality.  If you want to include software timer
-functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
-
-
-
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.1.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
+	#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e9021 !e961 !e750. */
+
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
+of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
+configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+/* Misc definitions. */
+#define tmrNO_DELAY		( TickType_t ) 0U
+
+/* The name assigned to the timer service task.  This can be overridden by
+defining trmTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#ifndef configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
+	#define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME "Tmr Svc"
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	const char				*pcTimerName;		/*<< Text name.  This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	ListItem_t				xTimerListItem;		/*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
+	TickType_t				xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
+	UBaseType_t				uxAutoReload;		/*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired.  Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one-shot timer. */
+	void 					*pvTimerID;			/*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
+	TimerCallbackFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t			uxTimerNumber;		/*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
+	#endif
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		uint8_t 			ucStaticallyAllocated; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer was created statically so no attempt is made to free the memory again if the timer is later deleted. */
+	#endif
+} xTIMER;
+
+/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
+name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
+
+/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
+Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
+and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback.  The
+two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
+and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
+{
+	TickType_t			xMessageValue;		/*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
+	Timer_t *			pxTimer;			/*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
+} TimerParameter_t;
+
+
+typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
+{
+	PendedFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/* << The callback function to execute. */
+	void *pvParameter1;						/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
+	uint32_t ulParameter2;					/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
+} CallbackParameters_t;
+
+/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
+that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
+{
+	BaseType_t			xMessageID;			/*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
+	union
+	{
+		TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
+
+		/* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
+		it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
+		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+			CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
+		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+	} u;
+} DaemonTaskMessage_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+
+/* The list in which active timers are stored.  Timers are referenced in expire
+time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list.  Only the
+timer service task is allowed to access these lists. 
+xActiveTimerList1 and xActiveTimerList2 could be at function scope but that
+breaks some kernel aware debuggers, and debuggers that reply on removing the
+static qualifier. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxCurrentTimerList;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxOverflowTimerList;
+
+/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	/* If static allocation is supported then the application must provide the
+	following callback function - which enables the application to optionally
+	provide the memory that will be used by the timer task as the task's stack
+	and TCB. */
+	extern void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize );
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
+ * been initialised already.
+ */
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The timer service task (daemon).  Timer functionality is controlled by this
+ * task.  Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
+ * xTimerQueue queue.
+ */
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
+ * received on the timer queue.
+ */
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
+ * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * An active timer has reached its expire time.  Reload the timer if it is an
+ * auto reload timer, then call its callback.
+ */
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The tick count has overflowed.  Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
+ * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
+ */
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
+ * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
+ */
+static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
+ * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false.  If the
+ * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
+ * to pdTRUE.
+ */
+static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block the timer service task
+ * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
+ */
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Timer_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+									void * const pvTimerID,
+									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+									Timer_t *pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+	/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
+	configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1.  Check that the infrastructure used by the
+	timer service task has been created/initialised.  If timers have already
+	been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
+	prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+	{
+		#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+		{
+			StaticTask_t *pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+			StackType_t *pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+			uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
+
+			vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
+			xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvTimerTask,
+													configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+													ulTimerTaskStackSize,
+													NULL,
+													( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+													pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
+													pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer );
+
+			if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
+			{
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvTimerTask,
+									configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+									configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
+									NULL,
+									( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+									&xTimerTaskHandle );
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	configASSERT( xReturn );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+								void * const pvTimerID,
+								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
+	{
+	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
+
+		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of Timer_t is always a pointer to the timer's mame. */
+
+		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				timer was created dynamically in case the timer is later
+				deleted. */
+				pxNewTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+		}
+
+		return pxNewTimer;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+										void * const pvTimerID,
+										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer )
+	{
+	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
+			structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
+		configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
+		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 StaticTimer_t is a pointer to a Timer_t, so guaranteed to be aligned and sized correctly (checked by an assert()), so this is safe. */
+
+		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically so note this
+				timer was created statically in case it is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+		}
+
+		return pxNewTimer;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+									void * const pvTimerID,
+									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+									Timer_t *pxNewTimer )
+{
+	/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
+	configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+	if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
+		created/initialised. */
+		prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+		/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
+		parameters. */
+		pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
+		pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+		pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
+		pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
+		pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
+	on a particular timer definition. */
+	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
+		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
+		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+		if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
+		{
+			if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
+			{
+				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+
+		traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
+{
+	/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+	started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+	return xTimerTaskHandle;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	return pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t * pxTimer =  xTimer;
+TickType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	xReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+{
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow )
+{
+BaseType_t xResult;
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+	/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers.  A check has already
+	been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+	traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+	/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
+	expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
+	if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
+	{
+		/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
+		other than the current time.  It will therefore be inserted into the
+		correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
+		if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+			list.  Reload it now.  */
+			xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+			configASSERT( xResult );
+			( void ) xResult;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	/* Call the timer callback. */
+	pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
+
+	/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
+	( void ) pvParameters;
+
+	#if( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
+
+		/* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
+		this task at the point the task starts executing.  This is useful if the
+		application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
+		executing after the scheduler has been started. */
+		vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
+
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
+		obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
+		xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
+
+		/* If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block this task
+		until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
+		prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
+
+		/* Empty the command queue. */
+		prvProcessReceivedCommands();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
+		has expired or not.  If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
+		then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
+		when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
+		prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
+		xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+		if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
+			if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
+			{
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+				prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
+				time has not been reached yet.  This task should therefore
+				block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
+				received - whichever comes first.  The following line cannot
+				be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
+				case when the current timer list is empty. */
+				if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
+					also empty? */
+					xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
+				}
+
+				vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
+
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
+					block time to expire.  If a command arrived between the
+					critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
+					will not cause the task to block. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+
+	/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
+	referencing the task that will expire first.  Obtain the time at which
+	the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire.  If there are no
+	active timers then just set the next expire time to 0.  That will cause
+	this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
+	timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
+	re-assessed.  */
+	*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+	if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
+		xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
+	}
+
+	return xNextExpireTime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
+
+	xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
+
+	if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
+	{
+		prvSwitchTimerLists();
+		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	xLastTime = xTimeNow;
+
+	return xTimeNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime )
+{
+BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
+
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+
+	if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
+	{
+		/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
+		timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
+		if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+		{
+			/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
+			processed actually exceeds the timers period.  */
+			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
+		{
+			/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
+			but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
+			its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
+			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return xProcessTimerNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void	prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
+{
+DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+Timer_t *pxTimer;
+BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+
+	while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
+	{
+		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
+			commands. */
+			if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
+
+				/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
+				callback be executed.  Check the callback is not NULL. */
+				configASSERT( pxCallback );
+
+				/* Call the function. */
+				pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+
+		/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
+		function calls. */
+		if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
+			software timer. */
+			pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
+
+			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961. The cast is only redundant when NULL is passed into the macro. */
+			{
+				/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
+
+			/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
+			it must be present in the function call.  prvSampleTimeNow() must be
+			called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
+			possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
+			queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
+			pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
+			xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+			switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
+			{
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START :
+			    case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR :
+			    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET :
+			    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE :
+					/* Start or restart a timer. */
+					if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer,  xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The timer expired before it was added to the active
+						timer list.  Process it now. */
+						pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+						traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+						if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
+						{
+							xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+							configASSERT( xResult );
+							( void ) xResult;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR :
+					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
+					There is nothing to do here. */
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR :
+					pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
+					configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+					/* The new period does not really have a reference, and can
+					be longer or shorter than the old one.  The command time is
+					therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot
+					be zero the next expiry time can only be in the future,
+					meaning (unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is
+					no fail case that needs to be handled here. */
+					( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
+					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
+					just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
+					allocated. */
+					#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+					{
+						/* The timer can only have been allocated dynamically -
+						free it again. */
+						vPortFree( pxTimer );
+					}
+					#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+					{
+						/* The timer could have been allocated statically or
+						dynamically, so check before attempting to free the
+						memory. */
+						if( pxTimer->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+						{
+							vPortFree( pxTimer );
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+					break;
+
+				default	:
+					/* Don't expect to get here. */
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
+List_t *pxTemp;
+Timer_t *pxTimer;
+BaseType_t xResult;
+
+	/* The tick count has overflowed.  The timer lists must be switched.
+	If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
+	then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
+	are switched. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+		/* Remove the timer from the list. */
+		pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+		/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
+		it is an auto-reload timer.  It cannot be restarted here as the lists
+		have not yet been switched. */
+		pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+
+		if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
+		{
+			/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
+			the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
+			and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
+			processed again within this loop.  Otherwise a command should be sent
+			to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
+			the lists have been swapped. */
+			xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
+			if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
+			{
+				listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
+				listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+				vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+				configASSERT( xResult );
+				( void ) xResult;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
+	pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
+	pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
+{
+	/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
+	queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
+	initialised. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
+		{
+			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
+			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
+			pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
+			pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
+				configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
+				static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+				static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+
+				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+			{
+				if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+				{
+					vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+BaseType_t xTimerIsInActiveList;
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
+		it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
+		one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
+		if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdTRUE )
+		{
+			xTimerIsInActiveList = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTimerIsInActiveList = pdTRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xTimerIsInActiveList;
+} /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+void *pvReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
+{
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+		daemon task. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+		xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
+		after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
+		queue does not exist. */
+		configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
+
+		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+		daemon task. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+		xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+
+		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	{
+		return ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer, UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber )
+	{
+		( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber = uxTimerNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality.  If you want to include software timer
+functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
+
+
+